Tektronix Work Light VITS100 User Manual

Instruction Manual

VITS100

NTSC VITS Inserter

070-8333-02

Warning

The servicing instructions are for use by qualified

personnel only. To avoid personal injury, do not

perform any servicing unless you are qualified to

do so. Refer to all safety summaries prior to

performing service.

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

WARRANTY

Tektronix warrants that the products that it manufactures and sells will be free from defects in materials and workmanship

for a period of one (1) year from the date of shipment. If a product proves defective during this warranty period, Tektronix,

at its option, either will repair the defective product without charge for parts and labor, or will provide a replacement in

exchange for the defective product.

In order to obtain service under this warranty, Customer must notify Tektronix of the defect before the expiration of the

warranty period and make suitable arrangements for the performance of service. Customer shall be responsible for

packaging and shipping the defective product to the service center designated by Tektronix, with shipping charges prepaid.

Tektronix shall pay for the return of the product to Customer if the shipment is to a location within the country in which the

Tektronix service center is located. Customer shall be responsible for paying all shipping charges, duties, taxes, and any

other charges for products returned to any other locations.

This warranty shall not apply to any defect, failure or damage caused by improper use or improper or inadequate

maintenance and care. Tektronix shall not be obligated to furnish service under this warranty a) to repair damage resulting

from attempts by personnel other than Tektronix representatives to install, repair or service the product; b) to repair

damage resulting from improper use or connection to incompatible equipment; c) to repair any damage or malfunction

caused by the use of non-Tektronix supplies; or d) to service a product that has been modified or integrated with other

products when the effect of such modification or integration increases the time or difficulty of servicing the product.

THIS WARRANTY IS GIVEN BY TEKTRONIX IN LIEU OF ANY OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR

IMPLIED. TEKTRONIX AND ITS VENDORS DISCLAIM ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. TEKTRONIX’ RESPONSIBILITY TO

REPAIR OR REPLACE DEFECTIVE PRODUCTS IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY PROVIDED TO

THE CUSTOMER FOR BREACH OF THIS WARRANTY. TEKTRONIX AND ITS VENDORS WILL NOT BE

LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IRRESPECTIVE

OF WHETHER TEKTRONIX OR THE VENDOR HAS ADVANCE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH

DAMAGES.

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Service Assurance

If you have not already purchased Service Assurance for this product, you may do so at any time during the product’s

warranty period. Service Assurance provides Repair Protection and Calibration Services to meet your needs.

Repair Protection extends priority repair services beyond the product’s warranty period; you may purchase up to three

years of Repair Protection.

Calibration Services provide annual calibration of your product, standards compliance and required audit documentation,

recall assurance, and reminder notification of scheduled calibration. Coverage begins upon registration; you may purchase

up to five years of Calibration Services.

Service Assurance Advantages

H Priced well below the cost of a single repair or calibration

H Avoid delays for service by eliminating the need for separate purchase authorizations from your company

H Eliminates unexpected service expenses

For Information and Ordering

For more information or to order Service Assurance, contact your Tektronix representative and provide the information

below. Service Assurance may not be available in locations outside the United States of America.

Name

VISA or Master Card number and expiration

date or purchase order number

Repair Protection (1,2, or 3 years)

Calibration Services (1,2,3,4, or 5 years)

Instrument model and serial number

Instrument purchase date

Company

Address

City, State, Postal code

Country

Phone

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Table of Contents

General Safety Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Service Safety Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

vii

Getting Started

VITS Inserter Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Accessories and Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Functional Check and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1–1

1–2

1–3

Operating Basics

Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Rear Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Insertion Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

VITS Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Remote Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2–1

2–2

2–3

2–5

2–8

Specifications

Specification Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Waveform Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3–1

3–12

Theory of Operation

Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Circuit Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4–1

4–2

Performance Verification

Incoming Inspection Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5–1

5–2

5–3

Verification of Tolerance Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Equipment Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Verification Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Adjustment Procedure

Maintenance

Static Discharge Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Recommended Test Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Adjustment Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

6–1

6–2

Service Strategy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tektronix Service Offerings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Static Sensitive Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Circuit Board Jumpers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7–1

7–2

7–4

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Table of Contents

Cleaning and Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Removal and Replacement Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7–7

7–8

7–11

Replaceable Electrical Parts

Parts Ordering Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Using the Replaceable Electrical Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8–1

Diagrams

A1 VITS Inserter Board (671-2132-05 & Up) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

A1 VITS Inserter Board (671-2132-00 through -04) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

9–1

9–23

Replaceable Mechanical Parts

Parts Ordering Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Using the Replaceable Mechanical Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

10–1

Appendix

Index

Appendix A: Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Option 1J . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Option 1M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Option 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

A–1

A–2

A–4

A–6

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Table of Contents

List of Figures

Figure 1–1: A setup for the functional check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1–3

1–5

Figure 1–2: A typical installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 2–1: The front panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 2–2: VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter rear panel . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 2–3: VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter source ID signal . . . . . . .

Figure 2–4: Location of VITS selection switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 2–5: The VITS selection DIP switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 2–6: The REMOTE connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2–1

2–2

2–4

2–6

2–8

Figure 3–1: 0% Black . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 3–2: 7.5% Black . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 3–3: 50% Gray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 3–4: FCC Color Bars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 3–5: FCC Composite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 3–6: Multiburst . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 3–7: Multipulse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 3–8: NTC7 Combination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 3–9: NTC7 Composite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 3–10: Red Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 3–11: SIN X/X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 3–12: VIRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 3–13: Cable Multiburst . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 3–14: Cable Sweep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3–12

3–13

3–14

3–15

3–16

3–17

3–18

3–19

Figure 4–1: Inductor and switching transistor switching functions . .

4–8

Figure 5–1: VITS selection DIP switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 5–2: Measuring VITS on a waveform/ vector monitor . . . . . .

Figure 5–3: Blanking level at 0 IRE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 5–4: Equipment connections for phase matching . . . . . . . . . .

5–4

5–6

5–7

5–8

Figure 5–5: Using the video measurement set to measure waveform

characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5–9

5–11

5–12

5–14

Figure 5–6: Setting up for pulse-to-bar measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 5–7: Using the video measurement set to compare signals . . .

Figure 5–8: Measuring hum rejection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

iii

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Table of Contents

Figure 5–9: Connecting the RF bridge to the spectrum

analyzer/tracking generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5–18

5–20

5–21

5–22

Figure 5–10: The initial frequency response setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 5–11: Frequency response display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 5–12: Measuring frequency response . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 6–1: Adjustments and test points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 6–2: A setup for genlock adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 6–3: VITS selection DIP switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 6–4: Equipment connections for gain adjustments . . . . . . . . .

Figure 6–5: Equipment for setting gain adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 6–6: Peak-to-peak detector connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 6–7: Display for adjusting flatness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 6–8: Setting flatness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

6–4

6–6

6–7

6–8

6–10

6–11

Figure 7–1: Moveable plug jumpers on the inserter circuit board . . .

Figure 7–2: Mounting hardware for the inserter circuit board . . . . .

Figure 7–3: Diagnostics switch, S8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7–4

7–10

7–12

Figure 9–1: A1 VITS Inserter Board (671–2132–05 & Up) . . . . . . . . .

Figure 9–2: A1A1 Oven Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 9–3: A1 VITS Inserter Board (671-2132-00 –04) . . . . . . . . . . .

9–1

9–4

9–23

Figure 10–1: Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

10–6

Figure A–1: Option 1J Red Field signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure A–2: Option 1J FCC Color Bar signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure A–3: Option 1J Multipulse signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure A–4: Video Measurement Set application for Option 1M . . . .

Figure A–5: Cable Multiburst . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure A–6: Cable Sweep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

A–2

A–3

A–5

A–7

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Table of Contents

List of Tables

Table 1–1: Factory VITS, Standard and Option 1M . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1–4

Table 1–2: Factory VITS, Option 1J . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 1–3: Factory VITS, Option 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2–1: Standard Factory-Programmed Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2–2: DIP Switch Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2–3: REMOTE Connector Pin Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2–5

2–7

2–8

Table 3–1: Program channel characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 3–2: Test Signal and Black Burst general characteristics . . . .

Table 3–3: Black and Gray Test Signal characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 3–4: FCC Composite characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 3–5: FCC Color Bars characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 3–6: Multiburst characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 3–7: Multipulse characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 3–8: NTC7 Combination characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 3–9: NTC7 Composite characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 3–10: Red Field characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 3–11: SIN X/X characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 3–12: Vertical Interval Reference Signal characteristics . . . . .

Table 3–13: Cable Multiburst (Option 2) characteristics . . . . . . . . . .

Table 3–14: Cable Sweep (Option 2) characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 3–15: Genlock characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 3–16: Power Supply characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 3–17: Physical characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 3–18: Environmental characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 3–19: Certifications and compliances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3–1

3–2

3–3

3–4

3–5

3–6

3–7

3–8

3–9

3–10

3–11

Table 5–1: Equipment Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 5–2: DIP Switch Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 5–3: Spectrum Analyzer Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 5–4: Multiburst Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5–2

5–5

5–19

5–21

Table 6–1: Recommended Test Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 6–2: Power Supply Tolerances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 6–3: TSG/SPG Multiburst Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

6–2

6–5

6–10

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Table of Contents

Table 7–1: Mode Selection Jumpers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 7–2: Test Jumpers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 7–3: The User Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7–5

7–6

7–12

Table 9–1: A1 Component Locator 671–2132–05 & Up . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 9–2: A1A1 Component Locator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 9–3: A1 Component Locator 671–2132–00 through -04 . . . . . .

9–2

9–4

9–24

Table A–1: Option 1J Red Field Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table A–2: Option 1J Factory Programmed VITS Insertions . . . . . .

Table A–3: Option 1M Factory Programmed VITS Insertions . . . . .

Table A–4: Option 2 DIP Switch Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table A–5: Cable System Test Signal Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table A–6: Option 2 Factory Programmed VITS Insertions . . . . . . .

A–2

A–4

A–5

A–6

A–8

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

General Safety Summary

Review the following safety precautions to avoid injury and prevent damage to

this product or any products connected to it. To avoid potential hazards, use this

product only as specified.

Only qualified personnel should perform service procedures.

To Avoid Fire or

Personal Injury

Use Proper Power Cord. Use only the power cord specified for this product and

certified for the country of use.

Ground the Product. This product is grounded through the grounding conductor

of the power cord. To avoid electric shock, the grounding conductor must be

connected to earth ground. Before making connections to the input or output

terminals of the product, ensure that the product is properly grounded.

Observe All Terminal Ratings. To avoid fire or shock hazard, observe all ratings

and markings on the product. Consult the product manual for further ratings

information before making connections to the product.

Do not apply a potential to any terminal, including the common terminal, that

exceeds the maximum rating of that terminal.

Do Not Operate Without Covers. Do not operate this product with covers or panels

removed.

Use Proper Fuse. Use only the fuse type and rating specified for this product.

Avoid Exposed Circuitry. Do not touch exposed connections and components

when power is present.

Wear Eye Protection. Wear eye protection if exposure to high-intensity rays or

laser radiation exists.

Do Not Operate With Suspected Failures. If you suspect there is damage to this

product, have it inspected by qualified service personnel.

Do Not Operate in Wet/Damp Conditions.

Do Not Operate in an Explosive Atmosphere.

Keep Product Surfaces Clean and Dry.

Provide Proper Ventilation. Refer to the manual’s installation instructions for

details on installing the product so it has proper ventilation.

Symbols and Terms

Terms in this Manual. These terms may appear in this manual:

vii

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

General Safety Summary

WARNING. Warning statements identify conditions or practices that could result

in injury or loss of life.

CAUTION. Caution statements identify conditions or practices that could result in

damage to this product or other property.

Terms on the Product. These terms may appear on the product:

DANGER indicates an injury hazard immediately accessible as you read the

marking.

WARNING indicates an injury hazard not immediately accessible as you read the

marking.

CAUTION indicates a hazard to property including the product.

Symbols on the Product. The following symbols may appear on the product:

Double

Insulated

Protective Ground

(Earth) Terminal

CAUTION

Refer to Manual

WARNING

High Voltage

Not suitable for

connection to

the public telecom-

munications network

viii

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Service Safety Summary

Only qualified personnel should perform service procedures. Read this Service

Safety Summary and the General Safety Summary before performing any service

procedures.

Do Not Service Alone. Do not perform internal service or adjustments of this

product unless another person capable of rendering first aid and resuscitation is

present.

Disconnect Power. To avoid electric shock, switch off the instrument power, then

disconnect the power cord from the mains power.

Use Care When Servicing With Power On. Dangerous voltages or currents may

exist in this product. Disconnect power, remove battery (if applicable), and

disconnect test leads before removing protective panels, soldering, or replacing

components.

To avoid electric shock, do not touch exposed connections.

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Service Safety Summary

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Getting Started

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Getting Started

The Tektronix VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter is a high quality signal generator

designed to insert VITS (Vertical Interval Test Signals) into program video. It

automatically switches to bypass mode in the event of power failure or loss of

lock to the program video.

See VITS Inserter Functions, below, for a brief explanation of what the VITS

inserter can do. See Functional Check and Installation, on page 1–3, to begin

using your new VITS inserter.

VITS Inserter Functions

You can program the VITS inserter to generate test signals and a source

identification signal and insert the signal(s) into selected lines of the vertical

interval. You can also use the VITS inserter to overwrite VITS that already exist

in program video; overwriting with a Black signal effectively deletes existing

material.

Test Signals

The VITS inserter uses 12-bit data at an 8F_SCdata rate to ensure accurate test

signal generation. The standard VITS inserter can generate and insert the

following VITS into your choice of lines 17, 18, 19, and 20 in the even or odd

fields of NTSC video:

NTC7 Combination

NTC7 Composite

FCC Multiburst

50% Gray

SIN X/X

FCC Color Bars

FCC Composite

Multipulse

Vertical Interval Reference Signal (VIRS)

Red Field

0% Black

7.5% Black

1–1

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Getting Started

Source ID

Auto VIRS

The VITS inserter can also insert a one-line source identification code on any of

the available lines in vertical blanking. The Tektronix VM700A Video Measure-

ment Set can then use this code to identify the source of the signal it is measur-

ing.

Another function of the VITS inserter is Auto VIRS. When Auto VIRS is

selected, the VITS inserter checks the specified lines and fields of the incoming

program video for a VIRS signal. If VIRS is detected, the signal is passed with

no processing; if VIRS is not detected, then the VITS inserter inserts the

internally generated VIRS signal on the specified lines and fields.

Bypass

Maintaining program channel continuity is one of the main considerations in the

VITS inserter. Therefore, the VITS inserter provides rapid response to signal or

equipment failure. If there is a failure, input video is automatically routed to the

program output through circuitry that that adds delay equal to normal inserter

processing delay.

If video is present but the VITS inserter cannot genlock to it (uncorrected-time-

base video for example), then the program is passed with no VITS inserted. If

there is no video present, or if the power fails, the VITS inserter switches to the

bypass mode immediately.

When the failure is corrected, the VITS inserter passes program video through as

soon as it is present, and begins VITS insertion as soon as genlock is achieved.

Remote Control

The rear-panel REMOTE connector provides limited remote control of the VITS

inserter. This is a 9-pin ground closure system to permit manual switching

between Bypass and Operate modes. In addition, the interface can drive

indicators to mimic the front-panel POWER, BYPASS, and UNLOCKED LEDs.

Accessories and Options

This instrument is shipped with the following accessories:

This Instruction Manual

A power cord appropriate to your local AC supply.

Optional configurations of the VITS inserter are available. See Appendix A: Op-

tions for more information.

1–2

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Getting Started

Functional Check and Installation

It is good practice to perform a functional check of a new instrument before

installing it into your system.

Functional Check

Perform the following functional check to confirm proper operation of your new

VITS inserter and to familiarize yourself with its features.

1. Unpack the instrument. If possible, save all packing materials for later

shipping or storage.

2. Connect the VITS inserter to the local AC power supply with the cord

provided with the instrument. The VITS inserter operates on any 48–62 Hz,

90–250 V supply; no switch or jumper settings are required.

3. Connect the VITS inserter to a test signal generator and waveform monitor

as shown in Figure 1–1.

4. Switch only the VITS inserter on. Confirm that, after approximately one

second, all three front panel LEDs are lit.

75W

Terminator

Waveform Monitor

VITS 100

NTSC VITS Inserter

CH A input

Program In

Program Out

Test Signal Output

NTSC test signal generator

Figure 1–1: A setup for the functional check

5. Switch the test signal generator on and configure it, if necessary, to output a

signal that does not contain any VITS (if it is available, select Black Burst).

Confirm that the VITS inserter BYPASS and UNLOCKED LEDs are no

longer lit.

6. Switch the waveform monitor on and configure it to display two fields of the

VITS inserter PROGRAM OUT waveform.

1–3

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Getting Started

7. While watching the waveform monitor display, repeatedly press the VITS

inserter BYPASS switch to alternate between bypass and normal operating

modes. Confirm that the appearance of the vertical interval (that is, the “gap”

between the two visible fields) changes in appearance, indicating the

alternating presence and absence of inserted VITS. The change is easiest to

see when the test signal generator is outputting a Black Burst signal.

8. Configure the waveform monitor line-select feature to view one line at a

time. Check lines 17 through 20 of fields 1 and 2 for test signals. Tables 1–1

through 1–3 list the signals generated and inserted by a new VITS100 NTSC

VITS Inserter with the as-manufactured configuration. See the Specifications

Section of this manual or Appendix A: Options for diagrams of the signal

waveforms.

Table 1–1: Factory VITS, Standard and Option 1M

Field

Line

Signal

NTC7 Composite

VIRS

NTC7 Combination

VIRS

Table 1–2: Factory VITS, Option 1J

Field

Line

Signal

FCC Composite

Color Bars (No Setup)

Sin X/X

Multiburst

Red Field (modified Luminance and Chrominance)

Table 1–3: Factory VITS, Option 2

Field

Line

Signal

Cable Multiburst

FCC Composite

Cable Sweep

Sin X/X

1–4

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Getting Started

Installation

You can mount the VITS inserter in a standard equipment rack or custom install

it. In custom installations, be sure to provide easy access to the signal-selection

DIP switches through the removeable panel in the top of the instrument. Also be

sure not to block the cooling holes in the top cover. After performing the

functional check, complete installation with the following steps:

1. If you wish, mount the VITS inserter in an existing equipment rack with one

of the following Tektronix generator mounting kits:

TVGF11A—Single Rack Mount Adapter

TVGF13—Dual Rack Adapter

TVGF14—Dual Half-Rack Adapter

Please contact your nearest Tektronix representative or field office for more

information.

2. Connect the VITS inserter to your system as shown in Figure 1–2.

3. See the Operating Basics section of this manual for more information about

configuring and using the VITS inserter.

Waveform monitor or

vector scope (optional)

Program line IN

Program line OUT

Figure 1–2: A typical installation

1–5

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Getting Started

1–6

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Operating Basics

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Operating Basics

The VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter can generate any one of thirteen test signals

for insertion on lines 17 through 20 in the vertical interval of the video frame. If

power fails or the instrument cannot genlock, the VITS inserter automatically

switches to bypass mode.

VITS signal selection and line assignments are made with four DIP switches that

are accessible through the top of the VITS inserter. See VITS Selection, on page

2–5, for more information.

Front Panel

The VITS inserter has one switch and three indicator LEDs on the front panel, as

shown in Figure 2–1. These features are explained in the following paragraphs.

Figure 2–1: The front panel

BYPASS

Switch and LED

Press the BYPASS button to place the VITS inserter into Relay Bypass mode. In

this mode, the program input is applied directly to the program output through a

delay line that matches the processing delays that affect the program channel in

normal operation. Press BYPASS a second time to return to the normal operating

mode. The red BYPASS LED is lit whenever the instrument is in bypass mode.

UNLOCKED LED

POWER LED

The UNLOCKED indicator is lit when the VITS inserter cannot acquire or

maintain genlock to the program signal. To maintain correct timing, the VITS

inserter must genlock to the input program.

The POWER LED indicates that the VITS inserter is switched on (through the

rear-panel POWER switch). The LED lights when the power supply has

completed its start-up process, approximately one second after you switch the

VITS inserter on.

2–1

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Operating Basics

Rear Panel

The VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter rear panel, shown in Figure 2–2, contains the

mains power input, switch, and fuse; the program input and output connectors;

DIP switches for source identification code selection; and a remote connector.

Figure 2–2: VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter rear panel

Power

The power block consists of the connector, fuse, and power switch. It is located

on the left third of the panel.

Power Connector. This instrument uses a power supply that accepts line voltages

from 90 to 250 VAC without changing voltage ranges or fuses.

Fuse. The fuse holder accepts a standard cartridge fuse. See the rear panel or the

Replaceable Electrical Parts section of this manual for the correct value.

Switch. A push-push, on-off switch; power is on when the switch is latched in the

in position, as indicated by the rear-panel graphic.

Source ID

This set of two dual in-line package (DIP) switches is used to select a source

identification code. The source ID is a one-line, 16-bit word consisting of a start

and stop bit and any one of 16,384 (2¹⁴) possible identification codes. The ID

can be inserted in the vertical interval (lines 17 through 20) to identify the source

of the program signal.

The source ID signal is accepted by other video equipment, such as the Tektronix

VM 700A Video Measurement Set, which can then include the source ID in

reports or printouts to identify the source of the signal being measured.

Program In

The PROGRAM IN connector is the program video input. The input is AC

coupled, clamped to ground, and internally terminated in 75 W.

2–2

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Operating Basics

Program Out

The PROGRAM OUT connector is the program video output. Output video can

have user-selected VITS inserted on selected lines. If the instrument cannot lock

to the program input video signal, or if power fails, the program automatically

bypasses the VITS inserter processing circuitry; the input signal is then routed

through a delay line, with a delay equivalent to the processing delays of the

instrument, to PROGRAM OUT. Matching the delay eliminates timing errors

whenever the VITS inserter must enter bypass mode.

Monitor Out

This connector provides the same output as the PROGRAM OUT connector,

except that the MONITOR OUT is not in the bypass signal path. This means

that —during loss of genlock or activation of the bypass mode —the monitor

output will still contain any inserted VITS. There is no output from this

connector if power is lost.

Remote Connector

This 9-pin connector enables ground-closure remote control of bypass mode. In

addition, control lines that parallel the three front panel indicators (POWER,

BYPASS, and UNLOCKED) are brought out to this connector.

Insertion Options

You can configure the VITS inserter to insert test signals, pass existing video,

insert or pass VIRS, or insert a source ID on lines 17, 18, 19, and 20 of both the

even and odd fields of NTSC video.

Inserting Test Signals

The standard VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter can insert the following test signals

into the vertical interval:

FCC Color Bars

FCC Multiburst

NTC7 Composite

7.5% Black

FCC Composite

NTC7 Combination

VIRS

0% Black

Multipulse

SIN X/X

Red Field

50% Gray

You can find descriptions of these waveforms in the Specifications section of this

manual. If your instrument contains Option 1J, Option 1M, or Option 2, see

Appendix A: Options for descriptions of the optional signals.

2–3

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Operating Basics

Passing Program Video

In addition to internally generated test signals, the VITS inserter can pass video

signals that are already in the vertical interval of the program video. This

includes the delete/insert lines, which are lines 17 through 20 in all fields.

Auto VIRS

When AUTO VIRS is selected, the instrument automatically checks the assigned

line and field of the incoming video for a VIRS signal. If VIRS is detected, the

line is passed with no processing. If VIRS is not detected, the internally

generated VIRS signal is inserted onto the line.

Inserting a Source ID

Source identification can be inserted on any of the available vertical interval

lines. The “Source ID” consists of sixteen equal-duration flags that can be set

high or low with the rear-panel SOURCE ID switches. Source ID is set by the

user to provide a visual identification of the signal path. Some equipment, such

as the Tektronix VM700A Video Measurement Set, can use this signal to

generate an alpha-numeric ID on the screen display or on printed reports. Figure

2–3 shows the waveform of a source identification code that is generated when

all switch segments are set ON.

SourceIdentification

Switches all on

(S/N 8020244 and below)

0.5

(S/N 8020245 and up)

Volts

0.0

10.0

20.0

30.0

40.0

50.0

60.0

MicroSeconds

Figure 2–3: VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter source ID signal

2–4

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Operating Basics

Factory Configuration

The VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter is configured during manufacture to insert

the signals listed in Table 2–1. See VITS Selection, below, for instructions on

configuring the VITS inserter to insert the signals that best suit your applications

and facility.

Table 2–1: Standard Factory-Programmed Signals

Field

Line

Signal

NTC7 Composite signal

Pass*

VIRS

Pass*

NTC7 Combination signal

Pass*

VIRS

Pass*

Passed lines are not deleted or inserted by the VITS 100 NTSC VITS Inserter

VITS Selection

VITS signal selection for the individual vertical interval lines is made with four

DIP switches (S1–S4) mounted on the VITS inserter circuit board. Remove the

small panel from the top cover of the VITS inserter, as shown in Figure 2–4, to

gain access to these switches.

2–5

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Operating Basics

Screws (2)

Cover

Figure 2–4: Location of VITS selection switches

Switch/Line Assignments

Switches S1 and S2 make the selections for fields 1 and 3, and switches S3 and

S4 make the selections for fields 2 and 4. Each DIP switch selects the test signals

for two of the vertical interval lines, as shown in Figure 2–5.

Program color fields

1 and 3

Program color fields

2 and 4

Figure 2–5: The VITS selection DIP switches

2–6

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Operating Basics

Switch Settings

The switch settings for signal selection are listed in Table 2–2. When a switch

segment is thrown to the left (as viewed from the front of the VITS inserter), it is

open; when thrown to the right, it is closed. Open positions are denoted in the

table as 1, and closed are denoted as 0.

Table 2–2: DIP Switch Settings

VITS inserter Action

DIP Segment Settings*

1 (5)

2 (6)

3 (7)

4 (8)

Insert Test Signal:

0% Black (two settings)

7.5% Black

50% Gray

FCC Color Bars

FCC Composite

Multiburst

Multipulse

NTC 7 Composite

NTC 7 Combination

Red Field

SIN X/X

VIRS

Pass Program Video

Auto VIRS

Insert Source ID

* 1 signifies an OPEN switch; 0 signifies a closed switch

2–7

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Operating Basics

Remote Control

Remote control in the standard VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter is limited to

ground-closure Bypass control and (+5 V) outputs for remote BYPASS,

UNLOCKED, and POWER indicator lights. See Figure 2–6 and Table 2–3 for

the rear-panel REMOTE connector pin assignments.

REMOTE

VITS Inserter

Figure 2–6: The REMOTE connector

Table 2–3: REMOTE Connector Pin Assignments

Function

Pins

1, 5

Ground

Force Bypass

BYPASS Indicator

UNLOCKED Indicator

POWER Indicator

To duplicate the function of the front panel at a remote location, run a cable from

REMOTE pins 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, and 7 to an SPST switch and three indicator LEDs.

Connect the switch between pins 1 and 6.

Connect the Bypass indicator between pins 2 and 5.

Connect the Unlocked indicator between pins 7 and 5.

Connect the Power indicator between pins 3 and 5.

Close the switch to force the VITS inserter into bypass mode; the LEDs light

with the corresponding front-panel indicators.

2–8

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Specifications

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Specifications

This section contains tables that list the specifications for the VITS100 NTSC

VITS Inserter. All specifications are guaranteed unless noted “typical.”

The performance limits in this specification are valid with these conditions:

The VITS inserter must have been calibrated/adjusted at an ambient

temperature between +20_ C and +30_ C.

The VITS inserter must be in an environment with temperature, altitude,

humidity, and vibration within the operating limits described in these

specifications.

The VITS inserter must have had a warm-up period of at least 20 minutes.

Specification Tables

Table 3–1: Program channel characteristics

Characteristic

Gain

Information

Unity ± 1%

±1% to 5.5 MHz

±3% to 10 MHz

±0.5%

Frequency Response

Chrominance-to-Luminance Gain

Chrominance-to-Luminance Delay

Diff Phase

≤5 ns

≤0.2°

Diff Gain

≤0.2%

Line Tilt

≤0.5%

DC Output Level

0 V ±10 mV

±3 mV

DC Matching of Inserted Test Signal to

Program Signal

Phase Match (Relay Bypass Path to Signal ±1° at F

Processing Path)

Hum Rejection

50 dB (Measured right after burst)

Keyboard (No Noise)

Insertion Transients

Input Impedance

Return Loss

Too small to measure on VM700A

≤10 mV (Measured on Tektronix 1780R. Typically <5 mV)

75 W

36 dB to 5 MHz (Program In, Program Out, and Monitor Out)

3–1

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Specifications

Table 3–1: Program channel characteristics (Cont.)

Characteristic

Information

Phase Matching of Inserted Test Signal to

Program Video

±1° (Program Sync and Burst Normal Level)

Pulse to Bar Ratio

100%±0.5% (Typically within ±0.25%)

Signal to Noise Ratio

>70 dB (Unweighted Filter at 5 MHz. Measured 91 dB on VM700A, relative to reference)

Table 3–2: Test Signal and Black Burst general characteristics

Characteristic

Information

Frequency Response

±1% to 5 MHz

±5% to 10 MHz

Luminance Amplitude Accuracy

Chrominance-to-Luminance Gain

Chrominance-to-Luminance Delay

Diff Phase

±1%

±0.5%

≤5 ns

≤0.3°

Diff Gain

≤0.3%

Line Tilt

±0.5%

Output Impedance

Signal to Noise Ratio

Spurious Signals (5 MHz 50 MHz)

Pulse to Bar Ratio

75 W

>78 dB (Measured on a VM700A with an unweighted 5 MHz lowpass filter.)

>55 dB down

100% ±0.5%

K Factor (K2T)

0.3% (Typically 0.2%)

≥60 dB down

Crosstalk

DC Offset

0 V DC ±10 mV

0 ±5° (< ±2.5° typical)

140 ns ±20 ns

SCH Phase Accuracy

Luminance Rise Time

Chrominance Rise Time

300 ns ±35 ns

Table 3–3: Black and Gray Test Signal characteristics

Signal

Information

0% Black

7.5% Black

50% Gray

0 IRE Luminance with sync and burst; see Figure 3–1.

7.5 IRE Luminance with sync and burst; see Figure 3–2.

50 IRE Luminance with sync and burst; see Figure 3–3.

3–2

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Specifications

Table 3–4: FCC Composite characteristics

Characteristic

Timing

Information

See Figure 3–5

Modulated 5-step Staircase

Luminance

Amplitude

80.4 IRE ±0.7 IRE

Riser Amplitude

Rise Time

1/5 of 5-step amplitude ±0.5%

250 ns ±25 ns

Chrominance

Phase

Same as burst ±0.3°

Envelope Risetime

2T Pulse

375 ns ±37.5 ns

Pulse-to-Bar Ratio

Half Amplitude Duration (HAD)

Ringing

100% ±0.5%

250 ns ±25 ns

1.0 IRE or less

Modulated SIN Pulse

Pulse-to-Bar Peak Amplitude

100%

Half Amplitude Duration

1.563 ms ±150 ns

60.8° ±1°

Phase

Bar

Amplitude

Rise Time

100 IRE ±1 IRE

250 ns ±25 ns

3–3

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Specifications

Table 3–5: FCC Color Bars characteristics

Characteristic

Information

Timing

See Figure 3–4

Luminance Rise Time

Bar Characteristics:

250 ns ±25 ns

White

714.3

0.0

Yellow

Cyan

400.7

630.1

283.4

Green

345.7

588.5

240.8

Magenta Red

Blue

107.8

Black

53.5

Luminance Amplitude (mV p-p)

Subcarrier Amplitude (mV p-p)

Subcarrier Phase (degrees)

494.3

444.2

167.1

256.0

588.5

60.8

202.1

630.1

103.4

444.2

347.1

0.0

Table 3–6: Multiburst characteristics

Characteristic

Timing

Information

See Figure 3–6

100 IRE

White Reference Bar Amplitude

Packet Amplitudes

Pedestal

60 IRE p-p

40 IRE

Burst Frequencies

Packet Rise Time

500 kHz

500 kHz, 1.25 MHz, 2.0 MHz, 3.0 MHz, 3.58 MHz, 4.1 MHz

140 ns typical (sin shaped packets)

Other Packets

400 ns typical (sin shaped packets)

Table 3–7: Multipulse characteristics

Characteristic

Timing

Information

See Figure 3–7

Amplitudes

Frequencies

80 IRE

1.0 MHz, 2.0 MHz, 3.0 MHz, 3.58 MHz, and 4.2 MHz

3–4

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Specifications

Table 3–8: NTC7 Combination characteristics

Characteristic

Timing

Information

See Figure 3–8

White Reference Bar

Amplitude

100 IRE ±0.7 IRE

Rise Time

250 ns ±25 ns

Multiburst Packets

Amplitude

50 IRE ±0.5 IRE p-p

Average Level

Frequencies

Packet Rise Time

50 IRE ±0.5 IRE

500 kHz, 1.0 MHz, 2.0 MHz, 3.0 MHz, 3.58 MHz, 4.2 MHz

500 kHz and 1.0 MHz

Other Frequencies

Modulated Pedestal

Pedestal

Amplitude

140 ns typical (sin shaped packets)

400 ns typical (sin shaped packets)

50 IRE ±0.5 IRE

Rise Time

Chrominance

Amplitude

250 ns ±25 ns

20 IRE

20.01 IRE ±0.5 IRE

40.02 IRE ±0.5 IRE

80.04 IRE± .5 IRE

90° ±0.5°

40 IRE

80 IRE

Phase relative to burst

Rise Time

400 ns ±40 ns

3–5

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Specifications

Table 3–9: NTC7 Composite characteristics

Characteristic

Timing

Information

See Figure 3–9

Modulated 5-step Staircase

Luminance

Amplitude

90.2 IRE ±0.7 IRE

Riser Amplitude

Rise Time

1/5 of 5-step amplitude ±0.5%

250 ns ±25 ns

Chrominance

Phase

Same as burst ±0.3°

Envelope Risetime

2T Pulse

400 ns ±40 ns

Pulse-to-Bar Ratio

Half Amplitude Duration (HAD)

Ringing

100% ±0.5%

250 ns ±25 ns

1.0 IRE or less

Modulated SIN Pulse

Pulse-to-Bar Peak Amplitude

100%

Half Amplitude Duration

1.563 ms ±150 ns

60.8° ±1°

Phase

Bar

Amplitude

Rise Time

100 IRE ±1 IRE

125 ns ±15 ns

Table 3–10: Red Field characteristics

Characteristic

Timing

Information

See Figure 3–10

Luminance

Amplitude, Standard

Amplitude, Option 1J

Rise Time

202.2 mV ±1%

160.72 mV ±1%

250 ns ±25 ns

Chrominance

Amplitude, Standard

Amplitude, Option 1J

Phase

630.1 mV ±1%

681.23 mV ±1%

103.4° ±0.3°

Rise Time

400 ns ±40 ns

3–6

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Specifications

Table 3–11: SIN X/X characteristics

Characteristic

Timing

Information

See Figure 3–11

Bandwidth

Pedestal

Peak

4.75 MHz

24 IRE

90 IRE (Peak amplitude from pedestal )

Table 3–12: Vertical Interval Reference Signal characteristics

Characteristic

Timing

Information

See Figure 3–12

Chrominance Reference

Amplitude

40 IRE

Phase

Same as burst ±0.3°

Envelope Rise Time

Average Chrominance Level

Luminance Reference

50 IRE Level

1 ms ±100 ns (sin shaped)

70 IRE

50 IRE

7.5 IRE

Black Reference

Table 3–13: Cable Multiburst (Option 2) characteristics

Characteristic

Information

Timing

See Figure 3–13

White Reference Bar Amplitude

Packet Amplitudes

Pedestal Amplitudes

Burst Frequencies

Packet Rise Time

500 kHz Packet

60 IRE

30 IRE

500 kHz, 1.25 MHz, 2.0 MHz, 3.0 MHz, 3.75 MHz, 4.0 MHz

140 ns typical (sin shaped packets)

Other Packets

400 ns typical (sin shaped packets)

3–7

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Specifications

Table 3–14: Cable Sweep (Option 2) characteristics

Characteristic

Information

See Figure 3–14

50 IRE

Timing

Pedestal Amplitude

Sweep Amplitude

Sweep Start Frequency

Sweep End Frequency

100 IRE

0.1 MHz

4.2 MHz

Table 3–15: Genlock characteristics

Characteristic

Information

Burst Lock

Genlock Phase Change with Input

Amplitude

≤2° burst phase change for input sync or burst amplitude range of 287mV ±3 dB

≤4° burst phase change for amplitude range of 287mV ±6 dB

(For either composite video or burst amplitude errors)

Genlock Phase Change with Input

Signal APL

≤1° burst phase change over 10% to 90% APL

Genlock Phase Change with Input

Signal Burst Frequency

≤1° burst phase change for ±20 Hz change in incoming subcarrier

Lock Range

Frequency, Standard

Fequency, Option 1M

Amplitude

3.579545 MHz ±20 Hz (NTSC)

3.575611 MHz ±20 Hz (PAL-M)

+6 dB to –12 dB (Typically to –16 dB NTSC; –14 dB PAL-M)

Genlock Phase Jitter with Input Amplitude

Change

Typically ≤0.2° peak for input sync or burst amplitude range of 287 mV ±3dB; no noise

on input signal

Typically ≤0.4° peak for input amplitude range of 287 mV ±6 dB; no noise on input signal

≤10 ns for input sync amplitude range of 287 mV ±3 dB (No noise on input signal)

Locks to 28 dB S/N Ratio Video

Sync Lock Jitter

Noise Performance

3–8

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Specifications

Table 3–16: Power Supply characteristics

Characteristic

Information

Output Voltages

+5 V ±200 mV from 1A to 3 A (voltage adjustable)

–5.2 V ±300 mV from 0.5 A to 1 A

±12 V ±120 mV from 0.05 A to 0.2 A (post regulated from ±14.5 V by linear regulators)

Output Ripple

+5 V

≤50 mV switching ripple,

≤5 mV line frequency ripple

–5.2 V

≤50 mV switching ripple,

≤10 mV line frequency ripple

±12 V

≤10 mV switching ripple,

≤5 mV line frequency ripple

Line Input Range

Minimum Load

Regulates from 90 to 250 VAC

10 W minimum load required to operate. However, output voltages other than +5 V may

not meet specifications outside the listed currents. At zero load the power supply cycles

on and off

Power Consumption

40–50 W.

Overvoltage Protection

The 5 V output is protected by a crowbar circuit that engages at approximately 5.7 V.

Overvoltage protection causes the power supply to cycle by engaging the primary side

current limit time-out circuit

Power

70 W maximum controlled by primary side current limit circuits. Power supply cycles on

and off when power limit is reached

Short-Circuit Protection

All outputs are protected by the primary side current limit and time-out circuits. In

addition, the ±12 V outputs are limited to 1 A by the linear regulators

Efficiency

Fan Drive

70% nominal

15 V to 16.5 V, as determined by supply load

Table 3–17: Physical characteristics

Characteristic

Height

Information

1.734 in (4.404 cm)

8.1 in (20.6 cm)

17.2 in (43.7 cm)

Width

Length

Weight

Net

4.7 lbs (2.1 kg)

16.7 lbs (7.6 kg)

Shipping

3–9

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Specifications

Table 3–18: Environmental characteristics

Characteristic

Information

Temperature

Non-Operating

Operating

Altitude

–40° to +65° C (–40° to +149° F)

0° to +50° C (32° to 122° F)

Non-Operating

Operating

To 50,000 ft (15,240 m)

To 15,000 ft (4,572 m)

Vibration (Operating)

Fifteen minutes each axis at 0.025 inch, frequency varied from 10-55-10 Hz in 4-minute

cycles with the instrument secured to the vibration platform; ten minutes each axis at any

resonant point, or at 55 Hz.

Shock

50 G, / sine, 11 ms duration, three guillotine shocks per side

Transportation

Qualified under NTSB Test Procedure 1A, Category II (36-inch drop)

3–10

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Specifications

Table 3–19: Certifications and compliances

Category

Additional Compliance

Standards or description

IEC61010-1

Safety requirements for electrical equipment for measurement,

control, and laboratory use.

Safety Certification Compliance

Temperature, operating

+5 to +40_ C

Altitude (maximum

operating)

2000 meters

Equipment Type

Safety Class

Test and measuring

Class 1 (as defined in IEC 1010-1, Annex H) – grounded product

Overvoltage Category II (as defined in IEC 1010-1, Annex J)

Overvoltage Category

Pollution Degree

Pollution Degree 2 (as defined in IEC 1010-1). Note: Rated for indoor use only.

Waveform Diagrams

The diagrams in Figures 3–1 through 3–14 contain timing information for the

various test signals generated by the VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter and

described in Tables 3–3 through 3–14.

Figure 3–1: 0% Black

3–12

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Specifications

Figure 3–2: 7.5% Black

Figure 3–3: 50% Gray

3–13

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Specifications

Figure 3–4: FCC Color Bars

Figure 3–5: FCC Composite

3–14

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Specifications

Figure 3–6: Multiburst

Figure 3–7: Multipulse

3–15

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Specifications

Figure 3–8: NTC7 Combination

Figure 3–9: NTC7 Composite

3–16

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Specifications

Figure 3–10: Red Field

Figure 3–11: SIN X/X

3–17

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Specifications

Figure 3–12: VIRS

Figure 3–13: Cable Multiburst

3–18

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Specifications

Figure 3–14: Cable Sweep

3–19

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Specifications

3–20

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

WARNING

The following servicing instructions are for use only by qualified personnel. To

avoid injury, do not perform any servicing other than that stated in the operating

instructions unless you are qualified to do so. Refer to all Safety Summaries before

performing any service.

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Theory of Operation

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Theory of Operation

This section of the manual begins with a functional description of the circuitry.

This brief discussion is followed by a more detailed set of circuit descriptions

that take you to the individual component level of the schematic diagrams.

Functional Description

Program In. The program input is buffered and clamped. The clamped program

video drives the Sync Stripper that strips off composite sync and generates the

backporch timing for the Clamp.

Genlock. The genlock calculates the SCH phase of the incoming video to

determine the correct color framing. A phase-locked loop is used to control a

voltage-controlled oscillator (VCO). When the VITS inserter is genlocked, a

frame reset pulse is generated to align the test signal counters with genlock

counters.

Test Signal Generation. The VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter can insert four lines

on odd and even fields. Signals are selected with four DIP switches on the main

circuit board. The lines from the switches are multiplexed and form one of the

inputs to the Test Signal Generator.

Test signals are generated by clocking data from PROMs to a digital-to-analog

converter (DAC) at an 8_FSCrate. The output of this DAC is filtered and buffered

before driving the VITS Inserter.

Program Out. The VITS inserter video signal output can be from any of three

sources: clamped video through the instrument, VITS signals inserted on one of

the four VITS lines, or the bypassed program line. The bypassed program line

has a built-in delay line to maintain the precise time relationship between the

processed and bypassed video.

Remote Control. Remote control is limited to ground-closure bypass control and

the power, unlocked, and bypass indicator lines.

Power Supply. The power supply, located on the Inserter board, is a current-mode

controlled, discontinuous, flyback, switching power supply. The current output is

distributed among the four supplies.

4–1

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Theory of Operation

The power inductor is driven by switching the voltage to its primary winding on

and off at a rate of approximately 45 kHz. The power inductor is used as an

energy storage device. Energy is stored in the primary during the first half of the

switching cycle. On the second half of the switching cycle, the stored energy is

transferred to the secondaries.

Regulation is accomplished through feedback from the +5 V supply to the Pulse

Width Modulator that controls the primary voltage. The Pulse Width Modulator

varies the length of time that voltage is applied to the primary changing the

amount of stored energy.

All primary voltages are referenced to a floating ground, not chassis ground. An

isolation transformer or a differential amplifier is therefore required for trouble-

shooting the circuitry in the primary and the Pulse Width Modulator.

Circuit Description

The following circuit description takes you down to the component level.

Because of the arrangement of circuits on the schematic diagrams, most of the

functional headings cover circuits that appear on more than one schematic

diagram.

In this discussion active-low signals are denoted by overbars (like this). Signal

names are in lower case and enclosed in quotation marks (“like this”).

Test Signal Generation

The circuitry that generates the test signals for insertion appears on three of the

schematic diagrams located in the Diagrams section of this manual. Key

circuitry is located on diagrams 1 (Test Signal Memory), 3 (H & V Counters,

Source Identification & Bypass Controls), and 7 (Analog Output).

Diagram 3. Test signal generation starts with a 4_FSCclock that clocks the

Horizontal Counter, U28, to provide 910 counts per line of video. In addition,

this counter decodes the backporch clamp pulse, for the test signal. The output of

the Horizontal Counter drives a Horizontal Decoder PROM, U27, to provide

timing signals for various functions. The Horizontal Counter is reset by the

frame pulse, from the genlock circuitry in order to time the test signals to

program video.

A once-per-line pulse from the Horizontal Decoder PROM (pin 14) enables the

Vertical Counter, U24. This synchronous output of the Vertical Counter drives

the Vertical Decoder PROM, U25. Output of U25 is latched twice per line by

U26, which is clocked by the “vlatch” from U27 (pin 16).

Diagram 1. Test signal data is stored in PROMs U4, U5, and U6. U4 and U5 store

the eight MSBs of alternate data samples. U6 stores the four LSBs for all data

4–2

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Theory of Operation

samples. The outputs of U4 and U5 are multiplexed by U82 and U83 to increase

the data rate from 4 _FSCto 8 _FSC. The outputs of U82 and U83 are latched by U1

before being converted to ECL levels. U9 and U10 are the level converters for

the DAC, U65, which is located on Diagram 7. The four LSBs are latched by U3

and then selected by a multiplexer, U7 before being converted to ECL levels by

U11.

Test signal data is stored in U4, U5, and U6 in blocks of eight. The blocks of

data are addressed by the Block PROM, U13, and two test signal select lines.

When the test signal select circuitry calls for a given test signal, the Block

PROM uses V1 to determine the correct phase of subcarrier, uses “halfline” to

determine when to generate a half line, and uses the seven MSBs of horizontal

count to select the appropriate blocks of data.

Diagram 7. The U65 is a 12-bit DAC that turns the data into analog voltage levels

at an 8 _FSCrate. A one-volt reference is generated for the DAC by U84. The

analog output signal is filtered by a 7-pole filter, L12, L13, and L14, with T2

functioning as a second order group delay correction.

The signal is AC coupled to a buffer, U67, and clamped to remove any DC level

change with temperature. This allows the test signal DC level to match the

Program Video DC level very accurately.

This video buffer drives the Channel Switch, U64, which switches between

Program Video and VITS. The output of Channel Switch drives the MONITOR

OUT and the Program Output.

K2 controls the signal to the PROGRAM OUT. It switches the PROGRAM IN

through a delay line, L7, L3, and C52 to the PROGRAM OUT when the power

shuts off or when the front-panel RELAY BYPASS button is pushed. The delay

line in this bypass mode matches the time it takes for the video to travel through

the processing circuitry.

Genlock

The circuitry that genlocks to the incoming program signal appears on three of

the schematic diagrams in the Diagrams section of this manual. Key circuitry is

located on diagrams 4 (Genlock), 5 (Program Input, Sync Stripper, VIRS

Detection, & Genlock A/D Input), and 6 (Clocks).

Diagram 5. U42 buffers and clamps the program input signal The output of U42

also drives the Sync Stripper, U44. U44 strips off the composite sync and

generates the backporch timing pulse used by the clamps.

Composite sync and the backporch timing are shifted to TTL levels by Q1, Q3,

VR1, and VR2. Their outputs are gated together by U57A and U57B to produce

the clamp pulse for U42.

4–3

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Theory of Operation

The Input Buffer, U42, also drives the genlock analog-to-digital converter

(ADC), U43. The ADC also has AGC and is clamped with “synctip” and

“backporch” signals, which provide the timing.

The clamped and AGC’d video is then routed through an anti-aliasing filter (L1,

C19, C20, and C21), and then reinput to the ADC where it is digitized. The

digital output is input to a PAL, U41. where it is inverted and latched. The signal

“sis_tm” from the genlock ASIC, on diagram 4, holds the same sample across

the bottom of sync to block Sound-in-Sync pulses from upsetting the genlock

circuitry.

Diagram 4. The output data from the PAL on diagram 3 is input to the Genlock

ASIC, U29, which has RAM, counters, decoders, and the other genlocking

circuitry. Composite sync is routed to the genlock ASIC through a PAL, U70.

The genlock ASIC uses the composite sync to roughly position the horizontal

and vertical counters.

The Genlock Processor, U35, is an 8 MHz Z80 that calculates the SCH of the

incoming video in order to determine the correct color framing. The processor

uses the digitized color subcarrier burst to determine the tangent of the phase

angle between the system clock and the burst. This tangent is used to look up the

arctangent (that is, the angle itself), which is stored in a PROM, U33. The angle

is used as a correction to the system clock, on diagram 6, to form a phase-locked

loop.

Diagram 6. The correction is an 8-bit word which is sent to DAC, U59. The

output of the DAC is integrated by an operational amplifier, U61A and C46. U60

is an analog switch that is used to short the integrator when searching for

genlock and to change the loop characteristics once lock is securely acquired.

The processor also increases loop gain once lock has been acquired and enables

the Genlock ASIC to output a frame reset pulse to align the test signal counters

with the genlock counters.

Y39 is the clock for the genlock processor (NOT the system clock). U31 is a

hardware watchdog that resets the processor if it fails to receive an “awake”

signal from the processor within the right amount of time. U38 latches control

signals “glk/int” and “acq/hold” for U60, an analog switch, and the signal

“locked” to signify that genlock has been achieved. Counter/Timer U30 is used

to distinguish between even and odd fields of video.

Genlock sub-clock cycle timing can be adjusted up to 90^dwith S7. The VITS

signals are timed to program video input at the factory and should not need

adjustment.

S8 is a diagnostics switch; see the Maintenance section for details.

4–4

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Theory of Operation

Signal and Switching

Control

The circuitry that controls signal switching appears on three of the schematic

diagrams in the Diagrams section of this manual. Key circuitry is located on

diagrams 1 (Test Signal Memory), 2 (Test Signal Select), and 5 (Program Input,

Sync Stripper, VIRS Detection, & Genlock A/D Input).

Diagram 2. Signal selection is accomplished with four dual in-line package (DIP)

switches, S1, S2, S3, and S4. The lines from the switches are multiplexed by

U18, U19, U20, and U21

to select the appropriate switch segments at the correct time (S1 segments 1

through 4 during line 17 odd fields, for example).

The multiplexing is controlled by two bits from the Vertical Decoder and the

field signal from the Vertical Counters on diagram 3. Two PALs, U16 and U17,

located on diagram 1, decode control signals and latch the signal selections. U16

latches the bits to the test signal PROMs, and decodes when the source ID signal

is requested. Signals “vdrive” and “vsync” force the generation of vertical sync.

Diagram 5. U17, on diagram 1, decodes when Auto VIRS has been requested. It

enables the circuitry that compares program video to the VIRS test signal to

determine if VIRS is present on program video. U46 is an operational amplifier

that subtracts low-pass filtered program video from filtered test signals and

drives U47A and U47B, a window comparator.

If the program signal and the test signal match closely enough, the comparator

output remains high and the output of an OR gate, U48A, remains high; a one

shot, U71B, is not triggered. The OR gate can only trigger the one shot when

U17, on diagram 1, determines that Auto VIRS has been requested and drives

“virsamp” low. The signal “virpres” from U71B returns to U17, on diagram 1,

and “ccvirs” from U17 is sent to U14 to control insertion.

Diagram 1. U17 also decodes “dvdrive” and “dvsync” which are delayed from

“vdrive” and “vsync” by a half line and therefore are timed with the actual test

signals that are generated.

U14 takes the information from U16 and U17, “chswt” (the insertion timing

signal), and other timing signals; it then determines two control signals for the

program channel switch, “sw0” and “sw1,” and one signal to choose between

source ID generation and test signal generation, “ts/char.”

Source ID Generation

The circuitry that controls source ID generation appears on two of the schematic

diagrams in the Diagrams section of this manual. Key circuitry is located on

diagrams 1 (Test Signal Memory) and 3 (H & V Counters, Source Identification

& Bypass Controls).

4–5

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Theory of Operation

Diagram 1. U12 and U15 form a state machine to generate the data for shaped

pulse edges. When U15 sees a low-to-high transition, it counts up to six and

stops. When U15 sees a high-to-low transition it counts back to zero and stops.

This count goes to U12, where it is decoded into the data used to produce rising

and falling shaped edges out of the DAC, U65 on schematic 6.

When source ID pulses are called for, the outputs of the Test Signal Data Latch,

U1, become high impedances, and the outputs of U12 are enabled.

The source identification signal is one line of video with up to sixteen pulses on

it that can be recognized by a Tektronix VM 700A Video Measurement Set. The

VM 700A expects a start and a stop bit, but the other 14 bits (pulses) can be used

to identify up to 16,384 sources.

Diagram 3. The 16 bits can be set or cleared by two sets of DIP switches, S5 and

S6, accessible through the rear panel of the instrument. The 16 bits are loaded

into two shift registers, U22 and U23, once every line by a signal decoded from

the Horizontal Counters. The bits are then shifted out by “idclock,” a clock that

is decoded from the Horizontal Counters.

Diagram 1. The serialized ID bits go to U15 where they are gated with

“idclock” and latched by the 8 _FSCclock. If Source ID is chosen for a certain

line, U16 activates “iden,” which causes the state machine in U15 to be

controlled by the latched ID signal.

Remote Control

The circuitry that controls signal switching appears on one of the schematic

diagrams located in the Diagrams section of this manual. Key circuitry is located

on diagram 3 (H & V Counters, Source Identification & Bypass Controls).

Diagram 3. REMOTE, through J27, is limited to a ground closure bypass control

signal and three indicator lines: “power,” “unlocked,” and “bypass.” U70, a PAL,

gates the remote bypass line, “rembypass,” with the “locked” line from the

genlock circuitry to control the bypass relay.

Power Supply

The power supply circuitry appears on two of the schematic diagrams in the

Diagrams section of this manual. Key circuitry is located on diagram 8 (Power

Supply) and diagram 9 (Regulator & Decoupling Caps).

Diagram 8. The line current passes through line filter LF1, fuse F1, and power

switch S10, and is applied to full-wave bridge rectifier CR12. Two of the diodes

within CR12 conduct on each half cycle of the AC input, causing charge to build

up on C110. The voltage on C110 will vary anywhere from 120 VDC at low-line

(90 VAC) to 350 VDC at high-line, (250 VAC). R157 discharges C110 when

power is turned off.

4–6

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Theory of Operation

RT1is a thermistor that limits inrush current on power-up. RV1 is metal-oxide-

varistor that clips any high voltage spikes on the AC line before they get to the

switching circuits. DS4 is part of a relaxation oscillator that blinks when the

instrument is powered up. L17 and C96 form a low-pass filter to keep noise,

developed by the power supply, from getting onto C110 and out to the mains

supply. C85 and C86 also attenuate internal noise.

When the instrument is first turned on, C113 charges through R154. When the

charge across C113 reaches approximately 16 V, Pulse Width Modulator U78

begins to switch Q16 on and off through the emitter drive circuitry (Q17, CR22,

CR21, etc.). The power to maintain the +16 V charge, on C113, comes from the

housekeeping winding of T1 through CR9.

If there is insufficient power to maintain the charge on C113, the charge on C115

is quickly depleted. U78 stops oscillating when the voltage on C115 drops to

approximately 10 V. When U78 quits oscillating, C113 slowly charges through

R154 to begin the kick-start sequence again.

Jumper P17 may be used as a troubleshooting jumper. When it is removed, the

housekeeping winding will be disabled and the power supply will start to come

up and quickly shut down as charge drains from C113.

Inductor T1 is initially uncharged (zero magnetic flux and no current in the

primary winding). Q16 and Q17 form a switch that is turned on by the drive

pulse from U78. When the switch turns on, the voltage developed on C110 is

applied across the primary winding. See Figure 4–1.

The polarity of this voltage induces secondary voltages that reverse-bias the

rectifier diodes, and no current flows in the secondaries while current is flowing

in the primary. The primary current builds as a linear ramp, storing energy in T1.

The current path is broken when Q16 and Q17 are switched off. The flyback

action of T1 causes the voltages in the secondaries to reverse polarity and the

rectifier diodes to turn on. The current in the secondaries linearly ramps down as

the energy that was stored in the primary charges the output capacitors and

supplies the load demand.

When all of the stored energy from the first half of the cycle is delivered to the

load, secondary currents go to zero and the diodes turn off. No current flows in

either the primary or the secondaries until Q16 and Q17 are turned back on to

start the next cycle.

When the +5 V goes too high, U78 narrows the pulse width to reduce the amount

of energy stored in T1; the stored energy is transferred to the load and, as a

result, the +5 V goes down. When the +5 V is too low, U78 increases the pulse

width and the mechanism is reversed.

Removing P18, a troubleshooting jumper, interrupts the power to T1 for

inspection of U78 and the emitter-drive circuit for Q16.

4–7

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Theory of Operation

+5V

Housekeeping

winding

–5V

+15V

–15V

C110

+12V

–12V

Q16,

Q17

Q16 on

Q16 off

Current In

primary

Current In

secondaries

Voltage across

primary

+5.6V

Voltage across

+5 V secondary

–V

Voltage across

-5 V secondary

–5.6V

Output

diodes on

Output

diodes off

Figure 4–1: Inductor and switching transistor switching functions

4–8

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Theory of Operation

The Pulse Width Modulator, U78, is a current-mode controller. Using inputs

from the primary circuit and the +5 V output, it varies the width of the pulse that

controls Q16. This pulse width variation regulates the secondary voltages

throughout variations in the input voltage, output load, and temperature. R163

senses the current in the primary winding of T1 and applies it to U78–3 as a

voltage.

At the start of the cycle a flip-flop within U78 turns Q16 and Q17 on. The

primary current, and therefore the voltage to pin 3, ramps up until the level is

sufficient to trip the internal comparator, which resets the flip-flop and terminates

the drive pulse to Q17, and the energy stored in the transformer transfers to the

secondary windings.

Line regulation is automatic and without voltage feedback. As the input voltage

increases, the slope of the ramp increases and the trip point is reached sooner,

creating a narrower pulse width.

Load regulation is accomplished by sensing the +5 V output, resistively dividing

it to 2.5 V, and comparing it to a 2.5 V reference to develop the error signal fed

back to the Pulse Width Modulator. U74 is a band-gap reference set to function

as an error amplifier with a 2.5 V internal reference. Pin 3 of U74 provides the

error signal that is coupled through U75, an opto-isolator, to U78.

If the load increases, the signal at U78, pin 2, drops in voltage, which causes

U78 to increase the pulse width and thus increase the current through T1. If the

load decreases, the +5 V increases momentarily and output pulse width

decreases. Q18 adds a portion of the timing ramp to improve noise immunity.

If the ramp voltage at U78, pin 2, reaches 1 V the output drive pulse ends and

Q16 and Q17 shut off. The maximum primary current in T1 is limited to about

1.5 A, which corresponds to a maximum power level of approximately 60 W.

U78, pin 1 is an indication of the peak current in T1. This voltage is fed to the

inverting input of U76 and compared to a fixed voltage set by divider R161,

R171, and R160. R171, an output power adjustment, is set so the trip point will

be approximately 70 W. If U78, pin 1 goes high enough to trip U76A, pin 1 low,

C99 starts to charge. If this condition persists long enough for the charge on C99

to reach 700 or 800 mV, Q18 turns on and applies the reference voltage directly

to U78, pin 3 to shut down the supply. In this condition the supply will

continuously cycle through kick start, current limit, and shutdown until the

problem is corrected.

Jumper P9 is included for troubleshooting; its removal disables the current limit

shutdown circuits.

Q16 is a high blocking voltage (1000V) power transistor. To prevent transistor

failure and ensure proper operation, its base must have a large forward current

during the on-time and a large momentary reverse current pulse during turn off.

4–9

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Theory of Operation

These requirements are met by using a FET, Q17, in the emitter circuit to turn

Q16 on and off. The modulated pulse from U78 gates Q17.

When Q17 turns on, base current flows in Q16 through R149 and CR22 (which

turns on) and current flows in the primary winding of T1, completing the circuit

through Q16, Q17, and R163 into the floating ground. CR20 keeps Q16 from

going into hard saturation by diverting some of the base current into the collector

when it turns completely on.

When Q17 turns off, the current path from the collector of Q16 to its emitter no

longer exists. For a brief time, the collector current becomes reverse flowing

base current in Q16. When this current flows out of the base through CR21, it

charges the housekeeping capacitor, C113, which turns Q16 off very rapidly.

When Q16 turns off, a voltage spike appears at its collector. A combination of

reflected secondary voltages, input voltage, and transformer leakage inductance

produces a voltage spike of high magnitude. A snubber circuit consisting of

R153, CR19, and C97 dissipates some of the energy in the T1 leakage

inductance.

12 V is generated from the 15 V secondary output of T1. The 15 V at C102 and

C103 passes through RC filters and is applied to the three-terminal linear

regulators (U73 and U85) to derive the + and –12 V outputs.

Over-voltage protection is provided on the +5 V output by a crowbar circuit

composed of Q15, VR4, and R146. If the +5 V output exceeds approximately

+5.5 V, VR4 will start to conduct. When VR4 draws enough current through

R146 to raise the gate voltage for Q15 (an SCR) above its cathode by approxi-

mately 0.7 V, VR4 turns on and shorts the +5 V output to ground, forcing the

primary circuit into current limit.

Diagram 9. The regulated 5 V supplies used by the ADC and the DAC are

generated from the 12 V supplies by three-terminal linear regulators (U52 and

U53).

4–10

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Performance Verification

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Performance Verification

This section contains procedures for verifying that the VITS100 NTSC VITS

Inserter performs according to the characteristics stated in the Specifications

section of this manual.

If the VITS inserter fails to meet a performance requirement, consult the

Adjustment Procedure section and make only those adjustments that affect the

“out of spec” characteristic.

Verify the performance of the VITS inserter at regular intervals to ensure that the

instrument continues to perform within tolerance. The recommended interval for

performance verification is 2000 hours of operation or 12 months, whichever

comes first.

Incoming Inspection Test

Two procedures may be used for incoming inspections. Use the Functional

Check procedure in the Getting Started section to verify instrument function. To

confirm that the instrument meets guaranteed specifications, use the following

Performance Verification procedure.

Verification of Tolerance Values

For Performance Verification, use test equipment with measurement accuracy of

at least four times the tolerance of the specification being tested. If you do not,

the error of the measuring apparatus may invalidate the test results.

5–1

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Performance Verification

Equipment Required

Table 5–1 lists the test equipment recommended for Performance Verification.

Alternate equipment must meet the minimum requirements for the listed

equipment. Use of inadequate test equipment may result in faulty measurements

and invalid results.

Table 5–1: Equipment Required

Item

Requirements

Example

Variable Autotransformer

Variable range of 90 to 120 VAC (220 V

operation use 220 VAC autotransformer)

General Radio metered auto transformer:

W10MT3W.

Video Measurement Set

Waveform/Vector Monitor

Waveform storage and automatic waveform Tektronix VM 700A, Option 01

comparison

Combination waveform monitor and

vectorscope capable of displaying line-rate

and field-rate signals

Tektronix 1780R Video Measurement Set

Television Test Signal Generator

NTC7 Composite, Flat Field, Multiburst,

and Red Field signals

Tektronix TSG-170A NTSC Television

Generator

Television Test Signal Generator/Sync

Pulse Generator (TSG/SPG)

Variable burst amplitude and frequency and

high frequency multiburst signal

—

Spectrum Analyzer

1 MHz to 50 MHz with a frequency span of Tektronix 2712 Spectrum Analyzer with

1 MHz/div to 10 MHz/div and 30 kHz

Tracking Generator Option 04

resolution, and internal tracking generator

75 W Return Loss Bridge

50 dB return loss balanced bridge, 50 kHz

to 5 MHz frequency range

Wide Band Engineering A57TLSCR with

A56T75B (75 W terminator)

Test Oscilloscope

Vertical amplifier bandwidth of 40 MHz,

1 mV sensitivity, and 0.25% accuracy.

Horizontal time base of 5 msec/div to

2 msec/div and external triggering.

Tektronix TAS465

Oscilloscope 10X Probe

Frequency Counter

Tektronix P6137 10X Probe

Measure frequencies up to 30 MHz ECL

levels, with 10 Hz accuracy at 28.6 MHz

Tegam DC503A a Universal Counter/Timer

Peak-to-Peak Detector and Detector Head Amplitude of up to 1 V and a flatness of

Tektronix part number 015-0408-00

—

p-p

+0.2% from 50 kHz to 10 MHz

Video Noise Generator

White noise on composite video, signal-to-

noise ratio of at least 28 dB, Hum noise on

composite video with a 0 dB signal-to-noise

ratio, 1 dB steps with DC coupling, 75 W

impedance, and flat response to 5.5 MHz.

Multimeter

Accuracy of +0.7% to measure 0–20 VDC. Tektronix DM252

Power Module

Power supply for Frequency Counter,

Peak-to-Peak Detector, video noise

generator, and Multimeter

Tegam TM506A Power Module Mainframe

75 W End-Line Terminators (two)

0.25% Accuracy

Tektronix part number 011-0102-01

5–2

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Performance Verification

Table 5–1: Equipment Required (Cont.)

Item

Requirements

Example

75 W Feed-Through Terminator

BNC Adaptor

BNC-type, accuracy of 0.2%.

Female-to-female

Tektronix part number 011-0103-02

Tektronix part number 103-0028-00

Tektronix part number 012-0159-00

Tektronix part number 012-0482-00

Tektronix part number 011-0057-01

75 W BNC Cables (five)

Precision 50 W BNC cables (two)

50 W to 75 W Minimum Loss Attenuator

42 in coaxial cables, male BNC ends

Male BNC ends

BNC connectors.

Verification Procedure

This is a step-by-step procedure that begins with switching the instrument on.

While waiting for the VITS inserter to warm up, store the signal references in the

video measurement set.

Power Up

This is a preparatory step that ensures all equipment will be ready to operate

when you begin to verify VITS inserter performance.

1. Connect the VITS inserter power cord to the variable autotransformer.

2. Set the autotransformer for 115 volts. (Set it to 230 volts for systems

powered with 220/240 volt sources.)

3. Turn on the autotransformer, test signal generator, and video measurement

set.

4. Turn the VITS inserter power on.

5. Allow all equipment to warm up for the period prescribed by the equipment

manufacturers (a minimum of 20 minutes).

Test Signal References

The video measurement set stores reference signals for later comparison. The

following steps store the references for these comparisons. The test signal is the

NTC7 composite waveform from the television test signal generator. See

Specifications for more information on this signal.

NOTE. Steps 1 through 8 store reference signals in the video measurment set

(VM700A) that are later recalled for signal element comparisons.

1. Connect a 75 W coaxial cable from the output of the television test signal

generator to the video measurement set Ch A input. Terminate the open side

of the loop-through input with a 75 W end-line terminator.

5–3

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Performance Verification

2. Select the NTC7 Composite signal from the television test signal generator.

3. Store the bar and the line time portions of the NTC7 composite signal as a

video measurement set reference signal.

4. Store the C–L gain + delay portions of the NTC7 composite signal as the

video measurement set reference.

5. Store the diff phase + gain portions of the NTC7 composite signal as the

video measurement set reference.

6. Select Waveform on the video measurement set.

7. Select the black burst signal from the television test signal generator.

8. Store the black burst signal as the noise spectrum signal for the video

measurement set.

Select VITS

To make the remainder of this procedure easier to perform, start by inserting only

the 0% black signal on line 17 of fields 1 and 3. Be sure to record the current

settings of the VITS selection switches before resetting them for this procedure;

reset the switches to these settings when returning the instrument to service.

1. Remove the small access plate from the top of the VITS inserter and check

the settings of dual-inline-package (DIP) switches S1–S4 (see Figure 5–1).

Record the settings so you can restore them once you complete this

procedure.

Program color fields

1 and 3

Program color fields

2 and 4

Figure 5–1: VITS selection DIP switches

5–4

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Performance Verification

NOTE. The settings of S1-S2-S3-S4 dictate the signals, lines, and fields for the

VITS insertion program. Because the instrument may contain a required

operating program, it is essential that the switches be reset to the original

settings when this procedure is completed.

2. Set DIP switch S1, segments 1, 2, 3, and 4 (line 17, field 1) for 0% Black

(0110) signal; see Table 5–2.

NOTE. Switch settings in Table 5–2 are for standard instruments. Signal, line,

and field assignments for the options are in Appendix A: Options.

Table 5–2: DIP Switch Settings

VITS inserter Action

DIP Segment Settings*

1 (5)

2 (6)

3 (7)

4 (8)

Insert Test Signals:

0% Black (use either setting)

7.5% Black

50% Gray

FCC Color Bars

FCC Composite

Multipulse

Multiburst

NTC 7 Composite

NTC 7 Combination

Red Field

SIN X/X

VIRS

Pass Program Video

Auto VIRS

Insert Source ID

* 1 signifies an OPEN switch; 0 signifies a closed switch

3. Set all the remaining DIP switches to the “pass incoming” position, which is

all segments open (1111).

5–5

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Performance Verification

Line Input Range

Requirement: Stable VITS inserter operation over an AC input range of

90–250 V

Vary the autotransformer between 90 and 125 Vac (210 and 250 Vac for “220

volt” sources) and verify stable instrument operation.

Program Channel to

Test Signal Matching

Requirements:

DC offset + 0 V "10 mV

Insertion transients v10 mV

DC matching of inserted test signal to program signal "3 mV

1. Connect a 75 W coaxial cable from the television test signal generator signal

output to the VITS inserter PROGRAM IN. See Figure 5–2.

75 W

Terminator

waveform/vector monitor

VITS Inserter

CH A input

Program In

Program Out

Test Signal

Television test signal generator

Figure 5–2: Measuring VITS on a waveform/ vector monitor

2. Connect a 75ĂW cable from the VITS inserter PROGRAM OUT to the

waveform/vector monitor CH A Input. Terminate the remaining side of the

loop-through input with a 75ĂW end-line terminator. See Figure 5–2.

3. Use the waveform/vector monitor input selector switch to ground the input

and position the waveform monitor trace on 0 IRE level of the graticule.

4. Set the waveform/vector monitor to Ch A DC input.

5. Check that the signal blanking is at 0 V "10 mV ("3 minor div). See

Figure 5–3.

5–6

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Performance Verification

IRE

Blanking

level

Figure 5–3: Blanking level at 0 IRE

6. Move the 75ĂW coaxial cable from the VITS inserter PROGRAM OUT to

the MONITOR OUT.

7. Repeat steps 3, 4, and 5.

8. Move the 75 W coaxial cable from the VITS inserter MONITOR OUT to

PROGRAM OUT.

9. Use the waveform/vector monitor line select to display line 17 for all fields.

10. Check that the inserted 0% black (line 17 fields 1 and 3) matches the

blanking level of the passed lines (line 17 of fields 2–4) "3 mV (1 minor

division).

Phase Match of

Inserted Test Signal to

Program Video Channel

Requirement: Phase match "1°

1. Connect a 75 W coaxial cable from the Test Signal Generator/Sync Pulse

Generator (TSG/SPG) subcarrier output to the waveform/vector monitor Ext

CW Ref. Terminate the remaining side of the loop-through input with a 75 W

end-line terminator. See Figure 5–4.

5–7

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Performance Verification

VITSInserter

Program Out

Program In

75ĂW

Terminator

75ĂW

Terminator

Waveform/

Vector Monitor

Linearity

Out

TSG/SPG

Black burst

Ext Ref

Subcarrier

Out

EXT

CW REF

75ĂW

Terminator

Figure 5–4: Equipment connections for phase matching

2. Connect a 75ĂW coaxial cable from the TSG/SPG black burst output to the

waveform/vector monitor External Ref. Terminate the remaining side of the

loop-through input with a 75ĂW end-line terminator. See Figure 5–4.

3. Connect a 75ĂW coaxial cable from the TSG/SPG linearity output to the

VITS inserter PROGRAM IN. See Figure 5–4.

4. Select the modulated ramp as the TSG/SPG linearity signal.

5. Connect a 75ĂW coaxial cable from the VITS inserter PROGRAM OUT to

the waveform/vector monitor CH A input. See Figure 5–4. Terminate the

remaining side of the loop-through input with a 75ĂW end-line terminator.

6. Select External CW Ref on the waveform/vector monitor.

7. Select waveform/vector monitor Diff Phase measurement.

8. Set the burst vector to the outer circle and 0° on the vectorscope. Use the

phase control to null the burst on the waveform CRT.

9. Set the waveform/vector monitor for line select to display field 1, line 17.

10. Check that the burst vector is still at 0° "1°.

5–8

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Performance Verification

Phase Match Bypass Path

to Program Path

Requirement: Phase error + 0°"1° at F_SC.

1. Turn off waveform/vector monitor line select.

2. Set the burst vector to the outer circle and 0° on the vectorscope. Use the

phase control to null the burst on the waveform CRT.

3. Press the BYPASS switch on the VITS inserter front panel; the BYPASS

LED should light and stay lit.

4. Check that the vector moves no more than 1° as seen on the waveform/vector

monitor vector display.

Program Video Gain and

Line Tilt

Requirements:

Gain + Unity "1%

Line Tilt v 0.5%

1. Press the VITS inserter BYPASS switch and return to normal operation

(BYPASS LED off).

2. Connect a 75 W coaxial cable from the VITS inserter MONITOR OUT to the

video measurement set Ch A input. Terminate the remaining side of the

loop-through input with a 75 W end-line terminator. See Figure 5–5.

Video measurement set

Test Signal

Television test signal generator

75ĂW

Terminator

VITSInserter

Monitor Out

Program In

Figure 5–5: Using the video measurement set to measure waveform characteristics

3. Connect a 75 W coaxial cable from the television test signal generator output

to the VITS inserter PROGRAM IN.

4. Set VITS inserter DIP switches S1 and S3 to 1010 (segments 5 and 7 open,

segments 6 and 8 closed) to insert the NTC7 Composite test signal on line

18 of all fields.

5–9

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Performance Verification

5. Select the NTC7 Composite test signal from the television test signal

generator.

6. Select Relative to Ref Bar & Line Time on the video measurement set.

7. Check that the bar amplitude is 100 IRE "1% (1RE).

8. Check that the bar tilt is v 0.5%.

9. Move the 75 W coaxial cable from the VITS inserter MONITOR OUT to the

PROGRAM OUT.

10. Check that the bar amplitude is 100 IRE "1% (1RE).

11. Check that the bar tilt is v 0.5%.

12. On the video measurement set, select line 18 (any field).

13. Check that the bar tilt is v 0.5%.

14. Check that the bar amplitude is 100 IRE "1% (1RE).

Chrominance to

Luminance

Gain and Delay

Requirements:

Chrominance-to-luminance gain v"0.5%

Chrominance-to-luminance delay v 0.5 ns

1. Select Relative to Ref C–L Gain + Delay on the video measurement set.

2. Return the video measurement set to full field measurement.

3. Check that the chroma gain is 100.0 " 0.5%.

4. Check that the chroma delay is 0.0 v 5 ns.

5. Select line 18, any field, on the video measurement set.

6. Check that the chroma gain is 100.0 " 0.5%.

7. Check that the chroma delay is 0.0 v 5 ns.

8. Move the coaxial cable at the VITS inserter from PROGRAM OUT to

MONITOR OUT.

9. Return the video measurement set to full field measurement.

10. Check that the chroma gain is 100.0 " 0.5%.

11. Check that the chroma delay is 0.0 v 5 ns.

5–10

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Performance Verification

Differential

Gain and Phase

Requirements:

Differential gain v 0.2%

Differential phase v 0.2_

1. Select Relative to Ref Diff Phase + Gain on the video measurement set.

2. Check that the differential gain is v 0.2%.

3. Check that the differential phase is v 0.2_.

4. Move the coaxial cable from the VITS inserter MONITOR OUT to the

PROGRAM OUT.

5. Check that the differential gain is v 0.2%.

6. Check that the differential phase is v 0.2_.

7. Select line 18, any field, on the video measurement set.

8. Check that the differential gain is v 0.2%.

9. Check that the differential phase is v 0.2_.

Pulse-to-Bar Ratio

Requirement: Ratio + 100% "0.5%.

1. Use two 75 W coaxial cables, joined with a BNC female-to-female adaptor to

connect the test signal generator (TSG) to the video measurement set Ch A

Input. Terminate the remaining side of the Ch A loop-through input with a

50 W end-line terminator. Select the NTC7 Composite test signal from the

TSG. See Figure 5–6.

Video measurement set

Test Signal

Television test signal generator

BNC

75ĂW

Adapter

Terminator

Figure 5–6: Setting up for pulse-to-bar measurement

2. Observe and remember the pulse-to-bar ratio on the video measurement set

screen.

5–11

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Performance Verification

3. Remove the BNC female-to-female adaptor and connect the coaxial cable

from the video measurement set CH A to the VITS inserter PROGRAM

OUT. See Figure 5–7.

Video measurement set

Test Signal

Television test signal generator

75ĂW

Terminator

VITSInserter

Program In

Program Out

Figure 5–7: Using the video measurement set to compare signals

4. Connect the 75 W coaxial cable from the television test signal generator

output to the VITS inserter PROGRAM IN. See Figure 5–7.

5. Check that the pulse-to-bar ratio is within "0.5% of the reading in step 2.

6. Select line 18, any field, on the video measurement set.

7. Check that the pulse-to-bar ratio is within "0.5% of the reading in step 2.

8. Move the coax from VITS inserter PROGRAM OUT to MONITOR OUT.

9. Return the video measurement set to full field measurement.

10. Check that the pulse-to-bar ratio is within "0.5% of the reading in step 2.

K-Factor

Requirement: K-Factor (2T) v 0.3%.

1. At the video measurement set, select K-Factor measurement.

2. Check that K-factor (2T) is v 0.3%.

3. Select line 18, any field, on the video measurement set.

4. Check that K-factor (2T) is v 0.3%.

5–12

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Performance Verification

SCH Phase

Requirement: SCH phase + 0_"5_.

1. Select the video measurement set SCH Phase measurement.

2. Check that the SCH phase is 0_"5_.

3. Select line 18, any field, on the video measurement set.

4. Check that the SCH phase is 0_"5_.

Signal-to-Noise Ratio

Requirement: Signal-to-noise ratio >70 dB.

1. Select black burst from the television test signal generator.

2. Check the black burst noise spectrum on the video measurement set for a

noise level number greater than 70 dB.

3. Move the coaxial cable from VITS inserter MONITOR OUT to the

PROGRAM OUT.

4. Check that the noise level number is greater than 70 dB.

5. Select line 18, any field, on the video measurement set.

6. Check that the noise level number is greater than 70 dB.

Hum Rejection

Requirement: Hum rejection w50 dB.

1. Connect a 75 W coaxial cable from the television test signal generator to the

video noise generator Video Input. See Figure 5–8.

2. Connect a 75 W coaxial cable from the video noise generator Output to the

VITS inserter PROGRAM IN.

3. Turn video noise generator Hum On.

4. Set video noise generator attenuator to 0 dB.

5. Connect a 75 W coaxial cable from the VITS inserter PROGRAM OUT to

the video measurement set Ch A. Terminate the remaining side of the

loop-through input with a 75 W terminator. See Figure 5–8.

5–13

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Performance Verification

Video measurement set

75ĂW

Terminator

Program In

Noise

generator

VITSInserter

Program Out

Test Signal

Television test signal generator

Figure 5–8: Measuring hum rejection

6. Select Waveform on the video measurement set.

7. Check that hum is present on the porch before and after sync.

8. Check that the porch before burst drifts up and down at hum rate.

9. Check that the back porch following burst drifts less than 0.32 IRE at the

hum rate.

10. Turn video noise generator Hum off.

Luminance Risetime

Requirement: Luminance risetime + 140 ns "20 ns

1. Connect a 75 W coaxial cable from the television test signal generator Test

Signal output to the VITS inserter PROGRAM IN. See Figure 5–2.

2. Connect a 75 W coaxial cable from the VITS inserter PROGRAM OUT to

the waveform/vector monitor Ch A Input. Terminate the remaining side of

the loop-through input with a 75 W terminator. See Figure 5–2 on page 5–6.

3. Measure the leading edge of the bar between the 10 and 90% points (10 IRE

to 90 IRE on the waveform graticule).

4. Check that the risetime is between 120 ns and 160 ns.

5–14

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Performance Verification

Chrominance Risetime

Requirement: Chrominance risetime + 300 ns "35 ns

1. Turn on the waveform/vector monitor vertical magnifier.

2. Position the signal blanking level to the graticule 0 IRE line.

3. Use the waveform/vector monitor vertical variable gain to place the top of

color burst at the 100 IRE line.

4. Measure the risetime of the leading edge of burst between the 10 and 90%

points (10 IRE to 90 IRE).

5. Check that the risetime is between 265 ns and 335 ns.

Genlock Checks

Requirements:

Burst phase change v1° over 10% to 90% APL

Sync lock jitter v10 ns (v12°) over input sync amplitude range of

287 mV"3 dB

Burst phase change v 3° for 287 mV"6 dB input burst amplitude

Amplitude lock range w +6 dB to –12 dB

Burst phase change v 2° over input sync or burst amplitude range of

287 mV "3 dB

Burst phase change v1° for input burst frequency of 3.579545 MHz

"20 Hz

Lock to 28 dB S/N ratio video signal

1. Connect a 75 W coaxial cable from the TSG/SPG black burst output to the

waveform/vector monitor Ext Ref. Terminate the remaining side of the

loop-through input with a 75 W terminator. See Figure 5–4.

2. Connect a 75 W coaxial cable from the TSG/SPG Subcarrier to the wave-

form/vector monitor Ext CW Ref. Terminate the remaining side of the

loop-through input with a 75 W terminator.

3. Connect a 75 W coaxial cable from the TSG/SPG linearity output to the

video noise generator Video Input.

4. Connect a 75 W coaxial cable from the video noise generator Video Output

to the VITS inserter PROGRAM IN.

5. Set the video noise generator for a 0 dB output level.

6. Connect a 75 W coaxial cable from the VITS inserter PROGRAM OUT to

the waveform/vector monitor Ch A input. Terminate the remaining side of

the loop-through input with a 75 W terminator

7. Set the waveform/vector monitor line select to line 19 and check that the

VIRS signal is displayed.

5–15

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Performance Verification

8. Set the VITS inserter VITS Selection DIP switches S2 and S4 for the red

field signal; segments 1, 3, and 4 are open and segment 2 is closed (1011).

9. Set the waveform/vector monitor for Ext Ref + CW.

10. Select DIFF PHASE.

11. Set the red vector to the outer circle and 0_ on the waveform/vector monitor

vectorscope. Set the red bar amplitude to null on the waveform monitor.

12. Select the TSG/SPG Linearity AC Bounce.

13. Check that the red bar phase shifts ≤ 1_ (10 IRE).

14. Cancel Bounce.

15. Move the coaxial cable from the TSG/SPG linearity out to the full field color

bars out.

16. Cancel burst on the TSG/SPG Color Bar.

17. Set the video noise generator Attenuation to + 3 dB.

18. Set the red vector to the outer circle and 0_ on the vectorscope.

19. Check that the sync edge jitter is ≤ 12_ while changing the video noise

generator Attenuation from + 3 dB to –3 dB.

20. Turn on TSG/SPG color bar burst.

21. Return the video noise generator Attenuation to + 6 dB.

22. Set the red vector to the outer circle and 0_ on the waveform/vector monitor

vectorscope. Set the red bar to null on the waveform monitor.

23. Check that the red bar phase changes ≤ 3_ and that the VITS inserter

maintains lock while changing the video noise generator attenuation from

+6 dB to –6 dB.

24. Continue increasing the video noise generator attenuation to –12 dB.

25. Check that the VITS inserter stays locked.

26. Set the video noise generator attenuation to –3 dB.

27. Set the red vector to the outer circle and 0_ on the waveform/vector monitor

vectorscope. Set the red bar to null on the waveform monitor.

28. Check that the red bar phase changes ≤ 2_ as you vary the video noise

generatordB to +3 dB.

29. Return the video noise generator Attenuation to 0 dB.

5–16

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Performance Verification

30. Change the coaxial cable from the TSG/SPG color bar output to the black

burst output.

31. Measure burst amplitude. It should measure about 40 IRE.

32. Use the TSG/SPG variable burst control to reduce burst amplitude to 28 IRE

(–3 dB).

33. Set the red vector to the outer circle and 0_ on the waveform/vector monitor

vectorscope. Set the red bar to null on the waveform monitor.

34. Check that the red bar phase changes ≤ 2_ as you vary the Burst amplitude

from 28 IRE to 56 IRE (–3 dB to +3 dB).

35. Set the burst amplitude to 80 IRE the waveform monitor (+ 6 dB).

36. Set the red bar to null on the waveform monitor.

37. Check that the red bar phase changes ≤ 3_ as you vary the burst amplitude

from 80 IRE to 20 IRE (+6 dB to –6 dB).

38. Return the TSG/SPG variable burst control to normal.

39. Set the red vector to the outer circle and 0_ on the waveform/vector monitor

vectorscope. Set the red bar to null on the waveform monitor.

40. Set the TSG/SPG for 20 Hz of offset.

41. Check after the genlock has settled that the red bar has shifted less than 1_

(10 IRE).

42. Change the 20 Hz offset polarity.

43. Check after the genlock has settled, that the red bar has shifted less than 1_

(10 IRE).

44. Turn off the 20 Hz offset.

45. Set video noise generator for 28 dB noise.

46. Turn White Noise on.

47. Check that the VITS inserter remains locked.

48. Disconnect the video noise generator from the VITS inserter.

5–17

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Performance Verification

Return Loss and

Input/Output Impedance

Requirements:

Return loss w36 dB to 5 MHz.

Spurious signals u55 dB down

NOTE. Successful completion of the Return Loss checks guarantees that the input

and output impedances are within specification.

1. Connect a 50 W coaxial cable from the spectrum analyzer RF In to the

RF Out on the RF Bridge. See Figure 5–9.

Spectrum analyzer

OUTPUT INPUT

RF In

75 W

Precision

terminator

RF Out

High frequency

RF bridge

Figure 5–9: Connecting the RF bridge to the spectrum analyzer/tracking generator

2. Connect a 50 W coaxial cable from the spectrum analyzer TG Out to the

RF In on the RF Bridge.

3. Select Demod/TG on the spectrum analyzer. Turn on the Tracking Generator

and set the Fixed Level to 0.00 dBm.

4. Set the spectrum analyzer Span/Div to 1 MHz, Resolution Bandwidth to

30 kHz, and the Center Frequency to 2 MHz.

5. Set the spectrum analyzer Reference Level to the first major division down

from the top on the analyzer display.

6. Set the spectrum analyzer Vertical Scale to 10 dB.

7. Set the spectrum analyzer Marker to 5 MHz.

8. Reconnect the cable to the RF Bridge.

9. Note the marker reference level readout.

5–18

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Performance Verification

10. Adjust the spectrum analyzer external attenuation amplitude by the amount

noted in step 9.

11. Connect the precision high-frequency terminator to the Device Under Test

connector on the RF Bridge.

12. Check that the frequency response from 0 MHz to 5 MHz is w40 dBm.

13. Return the spectrum analyzer frequency marker to 5 MHz, if necessary.

14. Remove the precision high-frequency terminator from the RF Bridge.

15. Connect the Device Under Test connector on the RF Bridge to the VITS

inserter PROGRAM IN.

16. Check that the marker reference level readout on the spectrum analyzer is

w36 dBm down.

17. Connect the precision high-frequency terminator to the VITS inserter

PROGRAM OUT.

18. Push the VITS inserter BYPASS.

19. Check that the marker reference level readout is w36 dBm down.

20. Push the VITS inserter BYPASS switch to go back to program video.

21. Remove the precision high-frequency terminator from the VITS inserter

PROGRAM OUT.

22. Connect the Device Under Test connector on the RF Bridge to the VITS

inserter PROGRAM OUT.

23. Check that the Marker Level readout is w36 dBm down.

24. Connect the Device Under Test connector on the RF Bridge to the VITS

inserter MONITOR OUT.

25. Check that the marker level readout is w36 dBm down.

26. Set the spectrum analyzer controls as shown in Table 5–3.

Table 5–3: Spectrum Analyzer Settings

Control

Setting

10 MHz

0 dB

Center Frequency

Reference Level

Freq Span/Div

10 MHz

5–19

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Performance Verification

27. Connect a 50 W-to-75 W minimum loss attenuator to the spectrum analyzer

RF Input.

28. Connect a 75 W coaxial cable from the 50 W-to-75 W minimum loss

attenuator to the VITS inserter PROGRAM OUT.

29. Connect a 75 W coaxial cable from the television test signal generator output

to the VITS inserter PROGRAM IN.

30. Select television test signal generator Red Field.

31. Select maximum hold on the spectrum analyzer.

32. Set the spectrum analyzer frequency marker to the top of the chrominance

spike of the red field.

33. Set the spectrum analyzer Marker control to differential mode.

34. Leave one marker at the top of the red field spike and move the other marker

to any spurious spikes out to 50 MHz to verify that all spurious spikes are at

least 55 dBm down as displayed on the differential marker level readout.

Frequency Response and

Crosstalk

Requirement: Flat frequency response"1% to 5.5 MHz; "3% to 10 MHz

NOTE. Successful completion of the frequency response checks guarantees that

crosstalk is within specification.

1. Use two 75 W coaxial cables connected together with a BNC female-to-fe-

male adapter to connect the TSG/SPG Multiburst Generator output to the

Peak-to-Peak Detector Head Input. See Figure 5–10.

Peak-to-peak

detector

Test oscilloscope

TSG/SPG

INPUT OUTPUT

Multiburst

Out

BNC

Peak-to-peak

Adapter

detector head

Figure 5–10: The initial frequency response setup

5–20

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Performance Verification

2. Set the TSG/SPG Multiburst output as shown in Table 5–4.

Table 5–4: Multiburst Controls

Control

Setting

Frequency Range

Markers

High

Composite

Amplitude

Sweep

Full

3. Connect 75 W coax from detector head output to peak-to-peak detector +

input.

4. Enable the peak-to-peak detector + input.

5. Set + input level to light the green LED (full clockwise).

6. Connect 75 W cable from the peak-to-peak detector output to the test

oscilloscope input.

7. Measure the sweep envelope. See Figure 5–11.

100

Figure 5–11: Frequency response display

8. Remove the BNC female to-female adaptor.

5–21

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Performance Verification

9. Connect the coaxial cable from the TSG/SPG multiburst output to the VITS

inserter PROGRAM IN. See Figure 5–12.

Peak-to-peak

detector

Test oscilloscope

TSG/SPG

INPUT OUTPUT

Multiburst

Out

Program Out

VITSInserter

Peak-to-peak

detector head

Program In

Figure 5–12: Measuring frequency response

10. Connect the coaxial cable from the peak-to-peak detector head input to the

VITS inserter PROGRAM OUT.

11. Check that the sweep envelope matches the previous waveform " 4.3 mV

from 2 MHz to 6 MHz (second marker to fourth marker). See Figure 5–11.

12. Check that the sweep waveform top matches the waveform measured in

step 7 (the “pattern”) within " 12.9 mV from 6 MHz to 10 MHz (fourth

marker to sixth marker). See Figure 5–11.

13. Move the Peak-to-Peak Detector Head and cable from PROGRAM OUT to

MONITOR OUT.

14. Check that the sweep envelope matches the pattern " 4.3 mV from 2 MHz

to 6 MHz (second marker to fourth marker). See Figure 5–11.

15. Check that the sweep envelope matches the pattern " 12.9 mV from 6 MHz

to 10 MHz fourth marker to sixth marker). See Figure 5–11.

Auto VIRS Insertion

Requirement: Proper VIRS insertion

1. Connect a 75 W coaxial cable from the TSG/SPG black burst output to the

VITS inserter PROGRAM IN.

2. Connect a 75 W coaxial cable from the VITS inserter PROGRAM OUT to

the waveform/vector monitor input. Terminate the remaining side of the

loop-through connector with a 75 W end-line terminator.

5–22

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Performance Verification

3. Set the waveform/vector monitor line select to line 19, all fields.

4. Check for VIRS. If there is a signal other than VIRS, you will need to either

reprogram the TSG/SPG VITS signals or find a VIRS signal on another line.

VIRS is required on both fields.

5. Set VITS selection switch S2, segments 1 through 4, to 0011 (segments 1

and 2 closed, 3 and 4 open).

6. Confirm that S4 segments 1, 2, 3, and 4 are all open (1111).

7. Turn off the TSG/SPG power switch.

8. Using the waveform/vector monitor line and field selection switches, verify

that the VIRS signal is on field 1 and missing on field 2.

Source ID

Requirement: 16 asserted bits ^ 0.5 V

1. Check and note the position of all rear-panel SOURCE ID switches. These

switches determine the source identification output by the VITS inserter;

restore the original settings after completing this check.

2. Set all 16 switches to the down position.

3. Set VITS inserter line/field selection switch S1, segments 5 through 8, to

0111 (segment 5 closed and segments 6, 7, and 8 open).

4. Select line 18, field 1, on the waveform/vector monitor.

5. Check that there are 16 positive excursions (from 0 V) of approximately

0.5 V. (Instruments with serial numbers below B020425 will have excursions

of approximately 0.7 V.)

6. Switch the waveform/vector monitor Field selection to field 2 and check that

the source ID signal is not present.

Remote Control

Requirement: Grounding pin 6 of the rear-panel REMOTE connector forces the

instrument into bypass mode.

1. Connect a 75ĂW coaxial cable from the VITS inserter PROGRAM OUT to

the waveform/vector monitor Ch A input. Terminate the remaining side of

the loop-through input with a 75ĂW end-line terminator.

2. Set the waveform/vector monitor line select to line 19, field 1.

3. Check that the VIRS signal is displayed on the waveform/vector monitor.

4. Use a short piece of wire to short pin 6 of the rear-panel REMOTE connector

to ground. (Pins 1, 4, and 9 of the REMOTE connector are ground.)

5–23

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Performance Verification

5. Check that the VIRS signal disappears and the VITS inserter front-panel

BYPASS light comes on.

6. Remove the grounding wire.

7. Check that the VIRS signal reappears and the VITS inserter front-panel

BYPASS light goes out.

5–24

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Adjustment Procedure

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Adjustment Procedures

If VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter performance is not within tolerance for a

particular characteristic, determine the cause, repair if necessary, and then use the

appropriate adjustment procedure to return the instrument operation to perfor-

mance specification. After any adjustment, verify performance by repeating the

applicable part of the Performance Verification procedure.

Allow the instrument to warm up for at least 20 minutes in an ambient tempera-

ture of 20° C to 30° C before making any adjustments. Waveform illustrations in

the procedure are typical and may differ from one instrument to another. These

waveforms should not be construed as being representative of specific tolerances.

Static Discharge Precautions

Many semiconductor components, especially MOS types, can be damaged by

static discharge. Damage may not be catastrophic and, therefore, not immediately

apparent. It usually appears as a degradation of the semiconductor characteristics.

Devices that are particularly susceptible are MOS, CMOS, JFETs, and high

impedance operational amplifiers (FET input stages). The damaged parts may

operate within acceptable limits over a short period, but their reliability may be

severely impaired. Damage can be significantly reduced by observing the

following precautions during performance of the adjustment procedure.

Handle equipment containing static sensitive components or circuit

assemblies at or on a static free work surface. Work stations should contain a

static free bench cover or work plane such as conductive polyethylene

sheeting and a grounding wrist strap. The work plane should be connected to

earth ground.

All test equipment and accessories should be connected to earth ground.

More information about handling static sensitive assemblies and components can

be found in the Maintenance section of this manual.

Recommended Test Equipment

Table 6–1 lists test equipment and fixtures recommended for the adjustment

procedure. The characteristics specified are the minimum required for the checks.

Substitute equipment must meet or exceed these characteristics.

6–1

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Adjustment Procedures

Table 6–1: Recommended Test Equipment

Item

Minimum Requirements

Example

Variable Autotransformer

Variable range of 90 to 120 VAC (220 VAC General Radio metered auto transformer:

operation use 220 Vac autotransformer)

W10MT3W.

Waveform/Vector Monitor

Combination waveform monitor and

vectorscope capable of displaying line-rate

and field-rate signals

Tektronix 1780R Video Measurement Set

Television Test Signal Generator

NTC7 Composite, Flat Field, Multiburst,

and Red Field signals

Tektronix TSG-170A NTSC Television

Generator

Television Test Signal Generator/Sync

Pulse Generator (TSG/SPG)

Generator that can output a high frequency

multiburst signal.

—

Test Oscilloscope

Vertical amplifier bandwidth of 40 MHz,

1 mV sensitivity, and 0.25% accuracy.

Horizontal time base of 5 msec/div to

2 msec/div and external triggering.

Tektronix TAS465

Oscilloscope 10X Probe

Frequency Counter

Tektronix P6137 10X Probe

Counter to measure frequencies up to

30 MHz ECL levels, with 10 Hz accuracy at

28.6 MHz

Tegam DC503A a Universal Counter/Timer

–9

Frequency Standard

Oscillator with an accuracy of 1 X 10

(WWV receiver in the USA)

Peak-to-Peak Detector and Detector Head Amplitude of up to 1 V and a flatness of

Tektronix part number 015-0408-00

—

p-p

+0.2% from 50 kHz to 10 MHz

Video Noise Generator

White noise on composite video, signal-to-

noise ratio of at least 28 dB, Hum noise on

composite video with a 0 dB signal-to-noise

ratio, 1 dB steps with DC coupling, 75 W

impedance, and flat response to 5.5 MHz.

Multimeter

Accuracy of +0.7% to measure 0–20 VDC. Tektronix DM252

Power Module

Power supply for Frequency Counter,

Peak-to-Peak Detector, Video Noise

Generator, and Multimeter

Tegam TM506A Power Module Mainframe

75 W End-Line Terminators (two)

75 W Feed-Through Terminator

BNC Adaptor

BNC-type terminators, accuracy of 0.25%

BNC-type terminator, accuracy of 0.2%.

Female-to-Female

Tektronix part number 011-0102-01

Tektronix part number 011-0103-02

Tektronix part number 103-0028-00

Tektronix part number 012-0159-00

75 W BNC Cables (five)

Adjustment Procedure

This procedure is written to accommodate partial or full readjustment. In some

cases only one or two adjustments may be required to return the instrument to

operation within its stated specifications. In these cases you need only adjust the

portion of the VITS inserter that does not meet specifications.

6–2

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Adjustment Procedures

Preliminary Setup

With the exception of the video signal connection, this step is the starting point

for any adjustment.

Disconnect power and remove the cabinet. See the Maintenance section of

this manual for instructions.

Connect the VITS inserter AC power cord to the variable autotransformer.

Turn the power on and set the autotransformer to 110 V.

Connect a 75 W coaxial cable from the television test signal generator output

to the VITS inserter PROGRAM IN.

Turn on all test equipment and allow for any required warm-up period.

Figure 6–1 shows the location of adjustments and test points (TP) used in

this procedure.

6–3

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Adjustment Procedures

R122

TS GAIN

R33

PROGRAM

GAIN

R30

DC ADJ

C165

R171

CURRENT

LIMIT

R210

SIN X/X

U44

Pin 18

R127

DC ADJ

TP8

GND

TP3

R40

HORIZ OSC

J19 J17

L14

TP10

GND

L13

L12

J18

R170

+5 VOLTS

ADJUST

J32

J33

J22

TP2

+5V

TP6

TP4

GND

J20

+12V

TP5

-12V

TP11

CLK

TP1

-5V

J56

J57

C19

J12

J13

J54

J55

TP7

GND

S1 S2 S3

TP9

GND

J28

Figure 6–1: Adjustments and test points

6–4

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Adjustment Procedures

Power Supply Adjustment

Use this step to adjust the +5 V Adjust, R170, which serves as the reference for

all other power supplies in the VITS inserter.

NOTE. This adjustment affects all adjustments in the VITS inserter. Therefore, if

the +5 V supply is within tolerance, do not reset R170 unless you are prepared to

perform the complete Adjustment Procedure.

1. Connect a multimeter to TP2 (test point 2) and TP7 (ground) on the circuit

board. See Figure 6–1 for the location of the test points.

2. Adjust R170 for 5.0 V.

3. Check power supply tolerances as shown in Table 6–2.

Table 6–2: Power Supply Tolerances

Power Supply

+5 V

Voltage Range

+4.8 V to +5.2 V

–4.9 V to +5.5 V

Test Point

TP2

–5.2 V

TP1

+12 V

+11.88 V to 12.12 V TP6

–11.88 V to 12.12 V TP5

TP7

–12 V

Ground

Genlock Adjustments

Adjust genlock performance with the following steps.

1. Connect the Test Oscilloscope X10 probe to U44 Pin 18.

2. Select the NTC7 Composite signal from the test signal generator.

3. Adjust R40, Horizontal Osc, for a clean 6.0 V trace.

4. Check that both the Front Panel UNLOCK and BYPASS light-emitting

diodes (LEDs) are off.

5. Connect a 75 W coaxial cable from the VITS inserter PROGRAM OUT to

the waveform/vector monitor Ch A input. Terminate the remaining side of

the loop-through input with a 75 W end-line terminator. See Figure 6–2.

6–5

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Adjustment Procedures

75 W

Terminator

Waveform/VectorMonitor

VITSInserter

CH A input

Program In

Program Out

Test Signal

Television Test Signal Generator

Figure 6–2: A setup for genlock adjustments

6. Connect a 75 W coaxial cable from the television test signal generator output

to the VITS inserter PROGRAM IN.

7. Adjust R30, Program Blanking DC Level Adjust, for blanking at 0 IRE on

the waveform/vector monitor waveform graticule.

8. Check that the PROGRAM OUT blanking level matches the trace position

when no signal is applied (remove and then replace the coaxial cable to the

PROGRAM IN).

9. Move the coaxial cable from VITS inserter PROGRAM OUT to MONITOR

OUT.

10. Check that the blanking level is 0 V "10 mV (3 minor div).

11. Set S1 VITS selection dual-inline-package (DIP) switch segments 1 and 4

closed, 2 and 3 open (0110). See Figure 6–3 for the location of S1.

6–6

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Adjustment Procedures

Program color fields

1 and 3

Program color fields

2 and 4

Figure 6–3: VITS selection DIP switches

12. Change the coaxial cable from the VITS inserter MONITOR OUT to the

PROGRAM OUT.

13. Set the waveform/vector monitor line selector for line 17 all fields.

14. Set the waveform/vector monitor waveform gain to X5.

15. Adjust the DC ADJ, R127, to match the inserted 0% black to the program

lines from fields 2 and 4.

16. Turn the waveform/vector monitor line-select off.

Gain Adjustments

Adjust program and test signal gain with the following steps.

1. Connect the test signal generator to the CH A input of the waveform/vector

monitor with two 75 W coaxial cables and a female-to-female BNC

connector as shown in Figure 6–4. Terminate the remaining side of the

monitor loop-through with a 75 W terminator.

6–7

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Adjustment Procedures

75 W

Terminator

Waveform/VectorMonitor

BNC

Adaptor

CH A input

Test Signal

Television Test Signal Generator

Figure 6–4: Equipment connections for gain adjustments

2. Select the NTC7 Composite signal from the generator.

3. Set the waveform/vector monitor waveform gain to X5.

4. Use WFM + CAL on the waveform/vector monitor to check the amplitude of

the bar portion of the signal. Note the amplitude.

5. Remove the female-to-female BNC adapter and connect the VITS inserter to

the generator and monitor as shown in Figure 6–5.

6. Adjust Program Gain, R33, to match the amplitude noted in step 4.

75 W

Terminator

Waveform/VectorMonitor

VITSInserter

CH A input

Program In

Program Out

Test Signal

Television Test Signal Generator

Figure 6–5: Equipment for setting gain adjustments

6–8

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Adjustment Procedures

7. Set VITS selection DIP S1, segments 1 through 4, to 0001 (segments 1, 2,

and 3 closed and segment 4 open). See Figure 6–3 for the location of S1.

8. Set the waveform/vector monitor for line select and select line 17, all fields.

9. Set the waveform/vector monitor waveform gain to X5.

10. Adjust Test Signal Gain, R122, for a bar amplitude of 714 mV.

Frequency Response

Adjustments

Adjust frequency response characteristics with the following steps.

1. Connect a 75 W coaxial cable from the output of the television test signal

generator to the VITS inserter PROGRAM IN.

2. Connect a 75 W coaxial cable from the VITS inserter PROGRAM OUT to

the waveform/vector monitor Ch A Input, terminate remaining side of the

loop-through input with a 75 W terminator.

3. Select the Sin X/X signal from the television test signal generator.

4. Set the waveform/vector monitor waveform gain to X5.

5. Adjust T2 for matched Sin X/X signal pulse tips.

NOTE. When T2 is adjusted during manufacture, a spot of glue is applied to

prevent vibrations from changing the setting. Avoid removing the glue unless

adjustment is necessary.

6. Remove the 75 W coaxial cable from the VITS inserter PROGRAM IN.

7. Connect the multiburst output from the television test signal generator/sync

pulse generator (TSG/SPG) to the peak-to-peak detector head input with two

75 W coaxial cables and a female-to-female BNC adapter, as shown in

Figure 6–6.

6–9

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Adjustment Procedures

Peak-to-peak

detector

Test oscilloscope

TSG/SPG

INTPUT OUTPUT

Multiburst

Out

BNC

Adaptor

Peak-to-peak

detector head

Figure 6–6: Peak-to-peak detector connections

8. Set the TSG/SPG Multiburst output as shown in Table 6–3.

Table 6–3: TSG/SPG Multiburst Settings

Control

Setting

High

Frequency Range

Markers

Composite

Amplitude

Sweep

Full

9. Connect a 75 W coaxial cable from the detector head output to the peak-to-

peak detector + input.

10. Enable peak-to-peak detector + input.

11. Set + input level to light the green LED (full clockwise).

12. Connect a 75 W coaxial cable from the peak-to-peak detector output to test

oscilloscope input.

13. Measure the sweep envelope. See Figure 6–7.

6–10

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Adjustment Procedures

100

Figure 6–7: Display for adjusting flatness

14. Remove the female to-female BNC adapter.

15. Connect the 75 W coaxial cable from the TSG/SPG multiburst output to the

VITS inserter PROGRAM IN as shown in Figure 6–8.

Peak-to-peak

detector

Test oscilloscope

TSG/SPG

INPUT OUTPUT

Multiburst

Out

Program Out

VITSInserter

Peak-to-peak

detector head

Program In

Figure 6–8: Setting flatness

16. Connect the 75 W coaxial cable from the Peak-to-Peak Detector Head Input

to the VITS inserter PROGRAM OUT as shown in Figure 6–8.

6–11

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Adjustment Procedures

17. Adjust R210 and C165 for a display on the Test Oscilloscope that matches

the sweep envelope to the previous waveform ± 4.3 mV from 2 MHz to

6 MHz (second marker to fourth marker) and ± 12.9 mV from 6 MHz to

10 MHz (fourth marker to sixth marker). See Figure 6–7.

18. Move the 75 W coaxial cable that connects to the Peak-to-Peak Detector

Head Input from VITS inserter PROGRAM OUT to MONITOR OUT.

19. Check that the sweep envelope matches that observed in step 17, ± 4.3 mV

from 2 MHz to 6 MHz (second marker to fourth marker)

20. Check that the sweep envelope matches that observed in step 17, ± 12.9 mV

from 6 MHz to 10 MHz (fourth marker to sixth marker).

NOTE. If the VITS inserter does not meet frequency response specifications in the

5.5 to 10 Mhz range, adjust L12 and L13 for optimum flatness in that range.

These two coils are sealed with a drop of glue during manufacture; adjust them

only if the VITS Inserter is operating outside of specifications.

Oscillator Adjustment

Adjust the oscillator frequency with the following procedure.

1. Disconnect the 75 W coaxial cable from the VITS inserter PROGRAM IN.

2. Connect the X10 probe from the Frequency Counter input to VITS inserter

TP 11. See Figure 6–1 (on page 6–4) for test point location.

3. Connect the WWV signal to the other input of the Frequency Counter and

set it for Ratio A/B.

4. Remove the plastic plug from the oscillator cover to reveal C19. See

Figure 6–1.

5. Adjust C19 for an oscillator frequency of 28.636364 MHz ±1 Hz.

6. Replace the C19 access plug.

7. Disconnect the X10 probe from the VITS inserter TP 11.

6–12

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Maintenance

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Maintenance

This section discusses the following topics related to maintaining and servicing

the VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter:

Service Strategy (below)

Tektronix Service Offerings (below)

Preparation (page 7–2)

Static Sensitive Components (page 7–2)

Circuit Board Jumpers (page 7–4)

Cleaning and Inspection (page 7–7)

Removal and Replacement Instructions (page 7–8)

Diagnostics (page 7–11)

Service Strategy

This manual contains all information needed for periodic maintenance of the

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter (for example, performance verification proce-

dures and mechanical removal and replacement procedures). Further, it contains

information for repair to the component level. To isolate a failure to a compo-

nent, use the troubleshooting procedures, schematic diagrams, and circuit board

drawings. Once you isolate a fault, find the part in either the Replaceable

Electrical Parts List or the Mechanical Parts List. All components listed can be

obtained from Tektronix.

Tektronix Service Offerings

Tektronix provides service to cover repair under warranty. Other services are

available that may provide a cost-effective answer to your service needs.

Whether providing warranty repair service or any of the other services listed

below, Tektronix service technicians, trained on Tektronix products, are best

equipped to service your VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter. Tektronix technicians

are informed of the improvements to the product as well as the latest product

options.

Warranty Repair Service

Tektronix warrants this product for one year from the date of purchase. (The

warranty appears at the front of this manual.) Tektronix technicians provide

7–1

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Maintenance

warranty service at most Tektronix service locations. Do not service the

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter yourself during the warranty period; rather,

contact your nearest Tektronix representative, field office, or service center for

information and instructions.

Repair Service

Tektronix offers single per-incident and annual maintenance agreements that

provide Depot Service repair of this instrument.

Of these services, the annual maintenance agreement offers a particularly

cost-effective approach to service for many owners of the VITS100 NTSC VITS

Inserter. Such agreements can be purchased to span several years.

For More Information

Contact your nearest Tektronix service center or sales engineer for more

information about any of the available repair or adjustment services.

Preparation

The servicing instructions in this manual are intended for qualified service

personnel only. Before performing any maintenance, be sure to read the General

Safety Summary and the Service Safety Summary, both at the front of this

manual.

Always consult the Getting Started and Operating Basics sections if you need

more information about operating or configuring the VITS100 NTSC VITS

Inserter.

Static Sensitive Components

CAUTION. Static discharge can damage any semiconductor component in this

product.

This instrument contains electrical components that are susceptible to damage

from static discharge. Static voltages from 1 kV to 30 kV are common in

unprotected environments.

Observe the following precautions to avoid damaging static-sensitive devices:

1. Minimize handling of static-sensitive components.

2. Transport and store static-sensitive components or assemblies in their

original containers, on a metal rail, or on conductive foam. Label any

package that contains static-sensitive components or assemblies.

7–2

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Maintenance

3. Discharge the static voltage from your body by wearing a wrist grounding

strap when handling static-sensitive components. Always service assemblies

that contain static-sensitive components at static-free work stations.

4. Remove any device capable of generating or holding a static charge from the

work station surface.

5. Whenever possible keep the component leads shorted together.

6. Pick up components by the body, never by the leads.

7. Do not slide components over any surface.

8. Avoid handling components in areas where the floor or work surface

covering is capable of generating a static charge.

9. Use a soldering iron that is connected to earth ground.

10. Use only special antistatic suction or wick-type desoldering tools.

7–3

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Maintenance

Circuit Board Jumpers

There are 3 plug jumpers for mode selection and 14 test jumpers for use during

repair or troubleshooting on the VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter circuit board. See

Figure 7–1 for plug jumper locations and Tables 7–1 and 7–2 for their functions.

In all cases, pin 1 is indicated by the ▼ symbol imprinted on the circuit board.

J19 J17

J18

J32

J33

J20

J22

J56

J57

J12

J13

J54

J55

J28

Figure 7–1: Moveable plug jumpers on the inserter circuit board

7–4

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Maintenance

Mode Selection Jumpers

All installation procedures that do not require removing the protective cover of

the VITS inserter are discussed in the Getting Started section of this manual. The

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter does have some additional flexibility, however,

that is provided with the internal plug jumpers. Instructions for setting the

jumpers appear in this section because the jumpers can be accessed only by

removing the instrument cover, which could expose unqualified personnel to

potentially hazardous voltages.

WARNING. Operating the VITS 100 NTSC VITS Inserter with the cover removed

can expose personnel to hazardous electrical potentials. Do not operate this

instrument with the cover removed.

Table 7–1: Mode Selection Jumpers

Jumper

Number

Factory

Setting

Function

Description

Sound-in-Sync Mode

Pins 1–2: No sound-in-sync on

PROGRAM IN.

1–2

Pins 2–3: Sound-in-sync on

(Not imple-

PROGRAM IN (blocks sound-in- mented)

sync pulses from the Genlock

circuit).

Line Select Mode

Bypass Lockout

J22

J28

Pins 1–2: No lines available for

VITS.

2–3

Pins 2–3: Lines 17 through 20

available for VITS.

Pins 1–2: Front-panel BYPASS

button enabled.

1–2

ins 2–3: Front-panel BYPASS

button disabled.

Test Jumpers

In addition to the mode selection jumpers, the VITS inserter contains fourteen

test jumpers for use in the adjustment procedure and for troubleshooting

purposes. These jumpers can be located in Figure 7–1; test jumper functions are

detailed in Table 7–2. Pin 1 is indicated by the ▼ symbol printed on the circuit

board.

7–5

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Maintenance

Table 7–2: Test Jumpers

Factory

Setting

Function

Jumper # Description

Genlock Processor Reset

Pins 1–2: Reset controlled by

hardware watchdog.

1–2

Pins 2–3: Holds processor in

reset mode.

No Plug: No hardware resets.

Hardware Watchdog Reset

VCO Control

Pins 1–2: No Reset.

1–2

Pins 2–3: Hold in Reset mode.

J12

Pins 1–2: VCO Control loop

closed.

Pins 2–3: VCO Control voltage

set to ground, to set VCO center

frequency.

Oscillator Oven Control

Housekeeping Supply Enable

Transformer Enable

J13

J17

J18

Pins 1–2: Oscillator oven on.

1–2

Pins 2–3: Oscillator oven off.

Pins 1–2: Supply enabled.

No Plug: Supply disabled.

Pins 1–2: Connects power to

transformer.

No Plug: Disables Power Supply.

Pins 1–2: Shutdown enabled.

Overcurrent Shutdown

J19

J20

1–2

No Plug: Shutdown disabled.

Power Supply Disconnect

(Jumper Off = Disconnect)

Pins

1–2

3–4

5–6, 7–8

9–10, 11–12

13–14, 15–16

Supply

+12V

–12V

+5V

–5V

GND

No Jumper

Clock Disable

J32

J33

Pins 1–2: DAC Clock Enabled.

Pins 2–3 DAC Clock Disabled.

1–2

Character Set Up Control

Pins 1–2: 7.5% Character

Set-Up (Standard).

1–2

Pins 2–3: 0% Character Set-Up

(Option 1J).

Memory Bank Select

V Drive

J54

J55

Pins 1–2: Standard signals.

1–2

2–3

Pins 2–3: Option 1J signals.

Pins 1–2: Used by VITS200.

Pins 2–3: VITS100.

7–6

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Maintenance

Table 7–2: Test Jumpers (Cont.)

Factory

Setting

Function

Jumper # Description

J56 Pins 1–2: Used by VITS 200.

V Sync

2–3

Pins 2–3: VITS 100.

Blanking

J57

Pins 1–2: Used by VITS 200.

2–3

Pins 2–3: VITS 100.

Cleaning and Inspection

Preventive maintenance consists of cleaning and visual inspection. The schedule

depends on the severity of the operating environment. Under average conditions,

perform preventive maintenance every 2000 hours of operation; do it more

frequently if you operate the VITS inserter in an especially dusty or humid

environment.

Cleaning

Clean the entire VITS inserter often enough to prevent dust and dirt from

accumulating. Dirt or dust buildup can act as a thermal insulating blanket that

prevents effective heat dissipation; it can also provide high-resistance electrical

leakage paths between conductors or components in a humid environment.

Exterior. Wipe the outside surfaces occasionally with a damp soft cloth. Do not

use commercial cleaners that can discolor or damage the finish.

Check all air vents regularly to ensure that dust buildup does not impede the

flow of cooling air.

WARNING. To avoid any potential of electrical shock, disconnect power before

removing the instrument cover.

Interior. Interior cleaning is not recommended, but if necessary, use low-velocity,

dry air to blow away dust or lint. If air alone does not remove all of the dust and

lint, use a soft brush to complete the task. Exercise extreme care not to disturb

components on the circuit board during cleaning.

CAUTION. This instrument contains static sensitive devices that can be damaged

by static discharge. Please read Static Sensitive Components, on page 7–2,

before attempting to clean the interior of the VITS inserter.

7–7

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Maintenance

Removal and Replacement Instructions

Use the following procedures to remove and replace the top cover, front panel,

inserter circuit board assembly, and oscillator oven.

Top Cover

This procedure requires a #1 phillips screwdriver.

WARNING. To avoid possible electrical shock, disconnect the power cord before

removing the top cover.

Removal. Use the following procedure to remove the top cover:

1. Remove the four screws from each side of the instrument.

2. Remove the three screws (one at the front edge, two at the back) from the top

of the instrument. It is not necessary to remove the screws that hold the

programming access plate onto the top cover.

3. Lift the cover from the instrument.

Replacement. Use the following procedure to replace the top cover:

1. Set the top cover in place with the programming opening toward the front

panel.

2. Install the three screws on the top of the instrument.

3. Install the four screws on each side of the instrument.

Front Panel

This procedure requires a #1 phillips screwdriver.

Removal. Use the following procedure to remove the front panel:

1. Remove the instrument top cover.

2. Place the instrument top-down on the work surface.

3. Remove the two flat head screws from the front edge of the instrument

bottom.

4. Slide the front panel assembly forward until it is clear of the LEDs and

BYPASS switch.

Replacement. Use the following procedure to replace the front panel:

1. Carefully slide the front panel over the BYPASS switch and the three LEDs.

2. Install the two flat head screws that hold the front panel to the front edge of

the instrument bottom.

7–8

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Maintenance

3. Install the instrument top cover.

Inserter Circuit Board

This procedure requires a #1 phillips screwdriver and a ⁹/₁₆inch box end wrench.

Removal. Use the following procedure to remove the inserter circuit board

assembly; see Figure 7–2 for the location of the various components and

fasteners.

1. Remove the instrument top cover.

2. Remove the front panel.

3. Remove the hex nuts on the three BNC connectors that extend through the

rear panel.

4. Unplug the remote connector cable from J27 on the inserter circuit board.

5. Remove the three mounting screws that hold the power supply shield to the

circuit board and lift the shield off of the inserter circuit board.

6. Remove the two screws that hold the line filter (and AC plug) to the rear

panel.

7. Remove the seven screws that hold the inserter circuit board to the bottom

chassis pan.

8. Slide the inserter circuit board forward until the BNC connectors clear the

rear panel. Then lift the board away from the chassis.

Replacement. Use the following procedure to replace the inserter circuit board:

1. Slide the inserter circuit board toward the rear panel until the BNC connec-

tors protrude through the rear panel.

2. Install the seven screws that hold the inserter circuit board onto the bottom

chassis pan.

3. Install the two screws that fasten the line filter to the rear panel.

4. Set the power supply shield in place and install the three screws that hold the

shield onto the inserter circuit board.

5. Plug the remote connector cable (from the rear panel) into J27 on the inserter

circuit board.

6. Install the hex nuts on the three rear-panel BNC connectors.

7. Replace the front panel.

8. Replace the instrument top cover.

7–9

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Maintenance

Line filter screws (2)

BNC Hex nuts

(3)

Mounting screw

Power supply shield

Mounting screw

J27

Mounting screw

Figure 7–2: Mounting hardware for the inserter circuit board

Oscillator Circuit Board

Removal/Replacement

This procedure requires a #2 POZIDRIV® screwdriver, a #4 hex nut driver, and a

#1 POZIDRIV® screwdriver.

Removal. Use the following procedure to remove the oscillator circuit board.

1. Remove the instrument top cover.

2. Remove the two screws that hold the plastic insulating case to the inserter

circuit board and remove the top part of the case.

7–10

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Maintenance

3. Remove the screw and hex nut that attach the power transistor to the outside

of the metal oven.

4. Remove the oven from the Inserter board by carefully pulling the oven off

the seven square pins that attach it to the Inserter board.

5. Remove the screw attaching the metal cover to the oven.

6. Remove the screw that holds the oscillator circuit board to the oven and then

pull the oscillator out of the oven.

Replacement. Use the following procedure to replace the oscillator circuit board

and oven assembly.

1. Set the oscillator circuit board in the oven. Install the screw that attaches the

circuit board to the oven.

2. Set the metal oven cover in place and install the attaching screw.

3. Carefully press the metal oven onto the seven square pins that connect it to

the Inserter board.

4. Reinstall the screw and hex nut that attach the power transistor to the outside

of the metal oven.

5. Set the plastic oven cover in place and install the two screws that attach the

oven case to the inserter circuit board.

6. Replace the instrument top cover.

Diagnostics

The primary means of troubleshooting this instrument is through built-in

diagnostic routines that are accessed through rotary switch S8. (To locate S8, see

Figure 7–3.)

The built-in diagnostics are free-running, continuous loop routines during which

the processor sends a periodic signal through a particular data path.The signal

can then be viewed on a scope at points along the path to isolate problems. Table

7–3 lists the S8 settings that call the routines; it also provides a short description

of each routine.

Three of the routines—the RAM, ARCTAN, and CTC tests—run automatically

each time the instrument is powered up. If any of these fail, the front-panel

UNLOCKED LED lights, and the routine runs again. The VITS inserter will not

lock to program video until it successfully completes the power-up diagnostics.

7–11

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Maintenance

Figure 7–3: Diagnostics switch, S8

To run a user diagnostic (including those run at power up), set S8 to the position

for the desired diagnostic and then cycle the power off and on. The processor

then runs through the power up process, polls the diagnostic port, and runs the

selected diagnostic.

Table 7–3: The User Diagnostics

Diagnostic

Test Result

Indication

Switch (S8)

Setting

Test

Description

None

Normal setting, no diagnostics.

Not Used

RAM Tests

Writes to and then reads from all

PRAM locations in the genlock IC

(A1U29 ); compares “read” data to

written. Writes to and reads from all

In the event of fail-

ure, the UNLOCKED

LED lights and the

instrument does not

sample RAM locations in the genlock lock to program (in-

IC; compares read data to written.

This test runs once during power-up

diagnostics.

put) video.

ARCTAN PROM Computes the checksum of the

In the event of fail-

ure, the UNLOCKED

LED lights and the

instrument does not

Test

arctangent EPROM (A1U33) and

compares the value with one that

has been written in the processor

EPROM. When selected through the lock to program (in-

diagnostic switch, the test runs

continuously. During power up

diagnostics, it runs once.

put) video.

7–12

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Maintenance

Table 7–3: The User Diagnostics (Cont.)

Diagnostic

Switch (S8)

Setting

Test Result

Indication

Test

Description

CTC Test

Sets up the Counter Timer Chip

(CTC, A1U30), and checks to see

that the timers can generate inter-

In the event of fail-

ure, the UNLOCKED

LED lights and the

rupts. Each of the four CTC sections instrument does not

should interrupt after the 4096

processor clock cycles. If any CTC

section does not interrupt within the

allocated time, the test fails. This

test runs once during power-up

diagnostics.

lock to program (in-

put) video.

Not Used

Port test

Used to check the data and load

paths connected to the I/O ports.

Counts from 0–255 on the I/O ports

ED0–ED7 bus

should show a binary

count pattern when

(the ED0–ED7 bus) of the micropro- viewed with an oscil-

cessor system.

loscope

VCO DAC test

Sampler test 1

Used to check the VCO DAC and

Integrator. Generates a field rate

ramp at the VCO DAC for checking

the genlock DAC.

Ramp may be

viewed at A1J12–2.

Used to check the Genlock Acquisi-

tion circuitry. This test acquires a

sample of sync and burst via the

genlock input and then reconstructs

the sampled sync and burst at

equivalent time through the VCO

DAC A1J12–2. A1C46 (schematic 6)

must be shorted out for this test.

Sampler test 2

Sets up the genlock acquisition

system to sample incoming video

continuously. Used for checking

acquisition timing.

Use an oscilloscope

to check for correct

genlock timing

pulses on CTC

A1U30 pins 20–23.

Trigger on input

video.

Not Used

7–13

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Maintenance

7–14

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Replaceable Electrical Parts

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Replaceable Electrical Parts

This section contains a list of the electrical components for the VITS100 NTSC

VITS Inserter. Use this list to identify and order replacement parts.

Parts Ordering Information

Replacement parts are available through your local Tektronix field office or

representative.

Changes to Tektronix products are sometimes made to accommodate improved

components as they become available and to give you the benefit of the latest

improvements. Therefore, when ordering parts, it is important to include the

following information in your order.

Part number

Instrument type or model number

Instrument serial number

Instrument modification number, if applicable

If you order a part that has been replaced with a different or improved part, your

local Tektronix field office or representative will contact you concerning any

change in part number.

Change information, if any, is located at the rear of this manual.

Using the Replaceable Electrical Parts List

The tabular information in the Replaceable Electrical Parts List is arranged for

quick retrieval. Understanding the structure and features of the list will help you

find all of the information you need for ordering replacement parts. The

following table describes each column of the electrical parts list.

8–1

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Replaceable Electrical Parts

Parts List Column Descriptions

Column Column Name

Description

Component Number

The component number appears on diagrams and circuit board illustrations, located in the diagrams

section. Assembly numbers are clearly marked on each diagram and circuit board illustration in the

Diagrams section, and on the mechanical exploded views in the Replaceable Mechanical Parts list

section. The component number is obtained by adding the assembly number prefix to the circuit

number (see Component Number illustration following this table).

The electrical parts list is arranged by assemblies in numerical sequence (A1, with its subassem-

blies and parts, precedes A2, with its subassemblies and parts).

Chassis-mounted parts have no assembly number prefix, and they are located at the end of the

electrical parts list.

Tektronix Part Number

Serial Number

Use this part number when ordering replacement parts from Tektronix.

3 and 4

Column three indicates the serial number at which the part was first effective. Column four indicates

the serial number at which the part was discontinued. No entry indicates the part is good for all

serial numbers.

Name & Description

An item name is separated from the description by a colon (:). Because of space limitations, an item

name may sometimes appear as incomplete. Use the U.S. Federal Catalog handbook H6-1 for

further item name identification.

Mfr. Code

This indicates the code number of the actual manufacturer of the part.

This indicates the actual manufacturer’s or vendor’s part number.

Mfr. Part Number

Abbreviations

Abbreviations conform to American National Standard ANSI Y1.1–1972.

Component Number

A23A2R1234

A23

R1234

Subassembly Number

(optional)

Assembly number

Circuit Number

Read: Resistor 1234 (of Subassembly 2) of Assembly 23

List of Assemblies

Chassis Parts

A list of assemblies is located at the beginning of the electrical parts list. The

assemblies are listed in numerical order. When a part’s complete component

number is known, this list will identify the assembly in which the part is located.

Chassis-mounted parts and cable assemblies are located at the end of the

Replaceable Electrical Parts List.

Mfr. Code to Manufacturer

Cross Index

The table titled Manufacturers Cross Index shows codes, names, and addresses

of manufacturers or vendors of components listed in the parts list.

8–2

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Replaceable Electrical Parts

Manufacturers Cross Index, Electrical Parts

Mfr.

Code

Manufacturer

Address

City, State, Zip Code

00213

NYTRONICS COMPONENTS GROUP INC

SUBSIDIARY OF NYTRONICS INC

ORANGE ST

DARLINGTON SC 29532

HARRISBURG PA 17105

DALLAS TX 75262–5303

00779

01295

AMP INC

2800 FULLING MILL

PO BOX 3608

TEXAS INSTRUMENTS INC

SEMICONDUCTOR GROUP

13500 N CENTRAL EXPY

PO BOX 655303

02875

04222

HUDSON TOOL AND DIE CO INC

18 MALVERN ST

NEWARK NJ 07105–1511

MYRTLE BEACH SC 29577

AVX/KYOCERA

DIV OF AVX CORP

19TH AVE SOUTH

P O BOX 867

04713

05276

MOTOROLA INC

SEMICONDUCTOR PRODUCTS SECTOR

5005 E MCDOWELL RD

PHOENIX AZ 85008–4229

POMONA CA 91766–3835

ITT POMONA ELECTRONICS DIV

1500 E 9TH ST

PO BOX 2767

06090

09023

RAYCHEM CORP

300 CONSTITUTION DRV

2652 DALRYMPLE ST

MENLO PARK CA 94025–1111

SANFORD NC 27330

CORNELL–DUBILIER ELECTRONICS

DIV FEDERAL PACIFIC ELECTRIC CO

09922

0B0A9

0GV52

0H1N5

BURNDY CORP

1 RICHARDS AVE

NORWALK CT 06856

DALLAS TX 75244

DALLAS SEMICONDUCTOR CORP

SCHAFFNER EMC INC

4350 BELTWOOD PKWY SOUTH

9–B FADEM ROAD

SPRINGFIELD, NJ 07081

VERNON HILLS IL 60061

TOSHIBA MARCON ELECTRONICS

AMERICA CORPORATION

998 FIRST EDGE DRV

0JR03

0JR04

ZMAN MAGNETICS INC

7633 S 180th

KENT WA 98032

IRVINE CA 92718

TOSHIBA AMERICA INC

9775 TOLEDO WAY

ELECTRONICS COMPONENTS DIV

0JR05

0KB01

0LUA3

0MS63

11236

TRIQUEST CORP

3000 LEWIS AND CLARK HWY

810 SE SHERMAN

VANCOUVER WA 98661–2999

PORTLAND OR 97214

SLATERSVILLE, RI 02876

SUNNYVALE CA 94086

BERNE IN 46711–9506

STAUFFER SUPPLY

PHILIPS COMPONENTS

QUALITY TECHNOLOGIES CORP

100 PROVIDENCE PIKE

610 N MARY AVENUE

406 PARR ROAD

CTS CORPORATION

RESISTOR NETWORKS DIVISION

11502

12969

IRC, INC

PO BOX 1860

BOONE NC 28607–1860

WATERTOWN MA 02172

MICROSEMI CORPORATION

WATERTOWN DIVISION

530 PLEASANT STREET

13103

14936

15454

THERMALLOY CO INC

2021 W VALLEY VIEW LN

PO BOX 810839

DALLAS TX 75381

GENERAL INSTRUMENT CORP

POWER SEMICONDUCTOR DIV

600 W JOHN ST

HICKSVILLE NY 11802–0709

ANAHEIM CA 92806–2591

KETEMA

2900 BLUE STAR STREET

RODAN DIVISION

15513

17856

18565

DATA DISPLAY PRODUCTS

SILICONIX INC

301 CORAL CIR

EL SEGUNDO CA 90245–4620

SANTA CLARA CA 95054–1516

WOBURN MA 01801–1039

2201 LAURELWOOD RD

77 DRAGON COURT

CHOMERICS INC

8–3

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Replaceable Electrical Parts

Manufacturers Cross Index, Electrical Parts (Cont.)

Mfr.

Code

Manufacturer

Address

City, State, Zip Code

18796

MURATA ELECTRONICS NORTH AMERICA

INC.

1900 W COLLEGE AVE

STATE COLLEGE PA 16801–2723

STATE COLLEGE OPERATIONS

19701

PHILIPS COMPONENTS DISCRETE PROD-

UCTS

DIV RESISTIVE PRODUCTS FACILITY

AIRPORT ROAD

PO BOX 760

MINERAL WELLS TX 76067–0760

SUNNYVALE CA 94088–3409

1CH66

PHILIPS SEMICONDUCTORS

811 E ARQUES AVENUE

PO BOX 3409

22526

24355

24546

BERG ELECTRONICS INC (DUPONT)

ANALOG DEVICES INC

857 OLD TRAIL RD

1 TECHNOLOGY DRV

550 HIGH ST

ETTERS PA 17319

NORWOOD MA 02062

BRADFORD PA 16701–3737

DALE ELECTRONICS

A VISHAY INTERTECHNOLOGY INC CO

26364

27014

2K262

COMPONENTS CORP

NATIONAL SEMICONDUCTOR CORP

BOYD CORP

6 KINSEY PLACE

DENVILLE NJ 07834–2611

SANTA CLARA CA 95051–0606

PORTLAND OR 97220

2900 SEMICONDUCTOR DR

6136 NE 87th AVE

PO BOX 20038

31223

31918

33096

34335

MICRO PLASTICS INC

20821 DEARBORN ST

8081 WALLACE RD

2303 W 8TH ST

CHATSWORTH CA 91311–5916

EDEN PRAIRIE MN 55344–2224

LOVELAND CO 80537–5268

SUNNYVALE CA 94086–3413

ITT SCHADOW INC

COLORADO CRYSTAL CORP

ADVANCED MICRO DEVICES

901 THOMPSON PL

PO BOX 3453

34371

HARRIS CORP

HARRIS SEMICONDUCTOR PRODUCTS

GROUP

200 PALM BAY BLVD

PO BOX 883

MELBOURNE FL 32919

48726

50139

51406

UNITRODE INTEGRATED CIRCUITS CORP

(UICC)

7 CONTINENTAL BLVD

PO BOX 399

MERRIMACK NH 03054–0399

EL PASO TX 79936

ALLEN–BRADLEY CO

ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS

1414 ALLEN BRADLEY DR

MURATA ELECTRONICS NORTH AMERICA INC 2200 LAKE PARK DR

HEADQUARTERS AND GEORGIA OPERATIONS

SMYRNA GA 30080

52763

53387

STETCO INC

3344 SCHIERHORN

3M AUSTIN CENTER

FRANKLIN PARK IL 60131

AUSTIN TX 78769–2963

3M COMPANY

ELECTRONIC PRODUCTS DIV

54937

55285

55680

56708

56845

DEYOUNG MANUFACTURING INC

BERGQUIST CO INC THE

NICHICON /AMERICA/ CORP

ZILOG INC

12920 NE 125TH WAY

5300 EDINA INDUSTRIAL BLVD

927 E STATE PKY

KIRKLAND WA 98034–7716

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55435–3707

SCHAUMBURG IL 60195–4526

CAMPBELL CA 95008–6609

NORFOLK NE 68701–2242

1315 DELL AVE

DALE ELECTRONICS INC

2300 RIVERSIDE BLVD

PO BOX 74

57668

59492

ROHM CORPORATION

QUARTZTEK INC

15375 BARRANCA PARKWAY

SUITE B207

IRVINE CA 92718

20 S 48TH AVE

PHOENIX AZ 85043–3820

8–4

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Replaceable Electrical Parts

Manufacturers Cross Index, Electrical Parts (Cont.)

Mfr.

Code

Manufacturer

Address

City, State, Zip Code

5Y400

TRIAX METAL PRODUCTS INC

1800 NW 216TH AVE

HILLSBORO OR 97124–6629

DIV OF BEAVERTON PARTS MFG CO

61429

FOX ELECTRONICS

5842 CORPORATION CIRCLE

FOR MEYERS FL 33905

DIV OF FOX ELECTRONICS INC

61529

61935

62643

AROMAT CORP

629 CENTRAL AVE

NEW PROVIDENCE NJ 07974

PETALUMA CA 94952–1152

ROSEMONT, IL 60018–4771

SCHURTER INC

1016 CLEGG COURT

UNITED CHEMICON INC

9801 W HIGGINS ST

SUITE 430

64154

64762

66302

71400

LAMB INDUSTRIES INC

ELANTEC INC

4826 SW SCHOLLS FERRY ROAD

1996 TAROB COURT

PORTLAND OR 97225

MILPITAS CA 95035–6824

SAN JOSE CA 95131–1706

ST LOUIS MO 63178

VLSI TECHNOLOGY INC

1109 MCKAY DR

BUSSMANN

DIV OF COOPER INDUSTRIES INC

114 OLD STATE RD

PO BOX 14460

75042

IRC ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS

PHILADELPHIA DIV

401 N BROAD ST

PHILADELPHIA PA 19108–1001

TRW FIXED RESISTORS

75498

80009

MULTICOMP INC

TEKTRONIX INC

3005 SW 154TH TERRACE #3

BEAVERTON OR 97006

14150 SW KARL BRAUN DR

PO BOX 500

BEAVERTON OR 97077–0001

81073

GRAYHILL INC

561 HILLGROVE AVE

PO BOX 10373

LA GRANGE IL 60525–5914

91293

91637

JOHANSON MFG CO

400 ROCKWAY VALLEY RD

BOONTON NJ 07005

DALE ELECTRONICS INC

2064 12TH AVE

PO BOX 609

COLUMBUS NE 68601–3632

D5243

ROEDERSTEIN ERNST GMBH

TOPTRON CORP

LUDMILLASTRASSE 23

8300 LANDSHUT GERMANY

TOKYO JAPAN

TK0213

TK0409

HUMKE KEN R

2211 NW NICOLAI

PO BOX 5128

PORTLAND OR 97208

TK0435

TK0515

LEWIS SCREW CO

EVOX–RIFA INC

4300 S RACINE AVE

CHICAGO IL 60609–3320

LINCOLNSHIRE IL 60015

100 TRI–STATE INTERNATIONAL

SUITE 290

TK0679

TK0891

TK0977

DILECTRON INC

MICONICS

2669 S MRYTLE AVE

1 FAIRCHILD AVE

3549 N W YEON

MONROVIA CA 91016

PLAINVIEW NY 11803

PORTLAND OR 97210

ELECTRICAL INSULATION SUPPLIERS, INC

–(DIST)

TK1547

TK1727

TK1743

MOORE ELECTRONICS INC (DIST)

19500 SW 90TH COURT

PO BOX 1030

TUALATIN OR 97062

PHILIPS NEDERLAND BV

AFD ELONCO

POSTBUS 90050

5600 PB EINDHOVEN THE NETHERLANDS

LONDON SE 3 9RD ENGLAND

UNITRODE (UK) LTD

6 CRESSWELL PARK

BLACKHEATH

TK1828

TK1913

LITE SPECIALTY METAL WORKS

20460 SW AVERY CT

TUALATIN OR 97062

ELMSFORD NY 10523

WIMA

2269 SAW MILL RIVER ROAD

PO BOX 127

THE INTER–TECHNICAL GROUP IND

8–5

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Replaceable Electrical Parts

Manufacturers Cross Index, Electrical Parts (Cont.)

Mfr.

Code

Manufacturer

Address

City, State, Zip Code

TK1989

TK2058

TK2073

TK2096

GASKET SPECIALTIES

4968 NE 122ND AVE

1600 FEEHANVILLE DRV

565 W GULF ROAD

PORTLAND OR 97220

TDK CORPORATION OF AMERICA

TOKYO AMERICA INC

MOUNT PROSPECT, IL 60056

ARLINGTON HEIGHTS IL 60005

SHERMAN OAKS CA 91403–3501

KELVIN ASSOCIATES

14724 VENTURA BLVD

SUITE 1003

TK2262

TK2598

RPM ENTERPRISES

SUB OF MICROSEMI CORP

3305 W CASTOR ST

SANTA ANA CA 92704

SUNNYVALE, CA 94086

MAXIM – ASIC

120 SAN GABRIEL DRV

8–6

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Replaceable Electrical Parts

Replaceable Electrical Parts List

Component Tektronix

Serial No. Serial No.

Mfr.

Number

Part Number Effective

Discont’d

Code

Name & Description

Mfr. Part Number

(BEGIN STANDARD ONLY)

CIRCUIT BD ASSY:INSERTER

(END STANDARD ONLY)

671–2132–01

671–2132–02

671–2132–03

671–2132–04

671–2132–06

671–2132–07

671–2132–10

671–2132–11

671–2132–13

671–2132–14

B010100

B010113

B010170

B010196

B010230

B020245

B020289

B020295

B020301

B020323

B010112

B010169

B010195

B010229

B020244

B020288

B020294

B020300

B020322

80009

671213201

671213202

671213203

671213204

671213206

671213207

671213210

671213211

671213213

671213214

(BEGIN OPTION 1J ONLY)

671–2545–00

671–2545–01

671–2545–02

671–2545–03

671–2545–04

671–2132–06

671–2132–07

671–2132–10

671–2132–11

671–2132–13

671–2132–14

B010100

B010113

B010137

B010170

B010196

B010230

B020245

B020289

B020295

B020301

B020323

B010112

B010136

B010169

B010195

B010229

B020244

B020288

B020294

B020300

B020322

CIRCUIT BD ASSY:INSERTER

(END OPTION 1J ONLY)

80009

671254500

671254501

671254502

671254503

671254504

671213206

671213207

671213210

671213211

671213213

671213214

(BEGIN OPTION 1M ONLY)

CIRCUIT BD ASSY:INSERTER

(END OPTION 1M ONLY)

671–2849–00

671–2849–01

671–2849–02

671–2849–04

671–2849–05

B020288

B020289

B020295

B020301

B020323

B020288

B020294

B020300

B020322

80009

671284900

671284901

671284902

671284904

671284905

(BEGIN OPTION 02 ONLY)

CIRCUIT BD ASSY:INSERTER

(END OPTION 02 ONLY)

671–3022–00

671–3022–02

671–3022–04

671–3022–05

B020288

B020289

B020301

B020323

B020288

B020300

B020322

80009

671302200

671302202

671302204

671302205

A1A1

119–4328–00

119–4328–01

119–4328–02

B010100

B010196

B020323

B010195

B020322

OVEN ASSEMBLY:VITS100/200,28MHZ

*ATTACHED PARTS*

80009

119432800

119432801

119432802

131–0157–00

TERMINAL,PIN:0.25 L X 0.04 OD,BRS,SLDR PL

*END ATTACHED PARTS*

05276

013–100–1000–47

8–7

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Replaceable Electrical Parts

Replaceable Electrical Parts List (Cont.)

Component Tektronix

Serial No. Serial No.

Discont’d

Mfr.

Code

Number

Part Number Effective

Name & Description

Mfr. Part Number

A1C1

281–0775–01

281–0809–00

290–0990–00

281–0765–00

283–0100–00

283–0129–00

281–0773–00

281–0925–01

281–0707–00

281–0925–01

283–0100–00

281–0925–01

281–0775–01

290–0782–01

281–0772–00

290–0782–01

281–0925–01

281–0909–00

281–0757–00

281–0810–00

281–0819–00

283–0177–00

281–0775–01

283–0108–00

281–0775–01

290–0942–00

281–0775–01

281–0928–00

281–0862–00

281–0775–01

281–0862–00

281–0775–01

290–0990–00

281–0775–01

283–0633–00

290–0990–00

281–0775–01

CAP,FXD,CER:MCL;0.1UF,20%,50V,Z5U,0.170

CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;200 PF,5%,100V,0.100 X0.170

CAP,FXD,ALUM:10UF,20%,50V,8X11.5

04222

55680

04222

SA105E104MAA

SA101A201JAA

UET1H100MPH

SA102A101JAA

SR302A472KAA

SR501C564MAA

A1C2

A1C3

A1C4

CAP,FXD,CER DI:100PF,5%,100V

A1C5

CAP,FXD,CER DI:0.0047UF,10%,200V

A1C6

CAP,FXD,CER DI:0.56UF,20%,100V

A1C7

CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;0.01UF,10%,100V

TK1743 CGB103KEX

A1C8

CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;0.22UF,20%,50V,Z5U.0.170 X 0.120

CAP,FXD,CER DI:15000PF,10%,200V

04222

55680

04222

55680

04222

SA115E224MAA

MA302C153KAA

SA115E224MAA

SR302A472KAA

SA115E224MAA

SA105E104MAA

UVX1V4R7MAA1TD

SA101C472KAA

UVX1V4R7MAA1TD

SA115E224MAA

A1C9

A1C10

A1C11

A1C12

A1C13

A1C14

A1C15

A1C16

A1C17

A1C18

A1C19

A1C20

A1C21

A1C22

A1C23

A1C24

A1C25

A1C26

A1C27

A1C28

A1C29

A1C30

A1C31

A1C33

A1C34

A1C36

A1C37

A1C38

A1C39

A1C40

A1C41

A1C42

A1C43

A1C46

A1C51

A1C52

A1C53

A1C54

A1C55

A1C56

CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;0.22UF,20%,50V,Z5U.0.170 X 0.120

CAP,FXD,CER DI:0.0047UF,10%,200V

CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;0.22UF,20%,50V,Z5U.0.170 X 0.120

CAP,FXD,CER:MCL;0.1UF,20%,50V,Z5U,0.170

CAP,FXD,ALUM:4.7UF,20%,35V,ESR=42.33 OHM (120HZ,20C)

CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;4700PF,10%,100V,0.100 X

CAP,FXD,ALUM:4.7UF,20%,35V,ESR=42.33 OHM (120HZ,20C)

CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;0.22UF,20%,50V,Z5U.0.170 X 0.120

CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;0.022UF,20%,50V,0.100 X

CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;10PF,10%,200V,NPO,0.100

CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;5.6PF,+/–0.5PF,100V,0.100 X 0.170

CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;33 PF,5%,50V,0.100 X 0.170

CAP,FXD,CER DI:1UF,+80–20%,25V

B020295

TK2058 DA12X7R1H223M–T

04222

SA102A100KAA

SA102A5R6DAA

SA102A330JAA

SR303E105ZAA

SA105E104MAA

SR152A221KAA

SA105E104MAA

CAP,FXD,CER:MCL;0.1UF,20%,50V,Z5U,0.170

CAP,FXD,CER DI:220PF,10%,200V

B020301

CAP,FXD,CER:MCL;0.1UF,20%,50V,Z5U,0.170

CAP,FXD,ELCTLT:100UF,+100–10%,25V,ALUMINUM

CAP,FXD,CER:MCL;0.1UF,20%,50V,Z5U,0.170

CAP,FXD,CER DI:150PF,5%

0H1N5 CEUFM1E101

04222

55680

04222

SA105E104MAA

SA101A151JAA

SA101C102MAA

SA105E104MAA

SA101C102MAA

SA105E104MAA

UET1H100MPH

SA105E104MAA

CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;1000PF,20%,100V,X7R,0.100 X 0.170

CAP,FXD,CER:MCL;0.1UF,20%,50V,Z5U,0.170

CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;1000PF,20%,100V,X7R,0.100 X 0.170

CAP,FXD,CER:MCL;0.1UF,20%,50V,Z5U,0.170

CAP,FXD,ALUM:10UF,20%,50V,8X11.5

CAP,FXD,CER:MCL;0.1UF,20%,50V,Z5U,0.170

CAP,FXD,MICA DI:77PF,1%,100V

TK0891 RDM15ED770F03

CAP,FXD,ALUM:10UF,20%,50V,8X11.5

55680

04222

UET1H100MPH

SA105E104MAA

CAP,FXD,CER:MCL;0.1UF,20%,50V,Z5U,0.170

8–8

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Replaceable Electrical Parts

Replaceable Electrical Parts List (Cont.)

Component Tektronix

Serial No. Serial No.

Discont’d

Mfr.

Code

Number

Part Number Effective

Name & Description

Mfr. Part Number

A1C57

A1C58

A1C59

A1C60

A1C61

A1C65

A1C66

A1C67

A1C68

A1C69

A1C70

A1C71

A1C72

A1C73

A1C74

A1C75

A1C76

A1C77

A1C78

A1C79

A1C83

A1C84

A1C85

A1C86

A1C87

A1C88

A1C89

A1C91

A1C92

A1C94

A1C95

A1C96

A1C97

A1C98

A1C99

A1C100

A1C101

A1C102

A1C103

A1C104

A1C105

A1C106

281–0775–01

281–0757–00

281–0810–00

283–0690–00

283–0647–01

283–0156–00

283–0000–04

281–0775–01

290–0942–00

281–0775–01

283–0648–01

283–0600–01

283–0615–01

283–0768–00

283–0769–00

283–0788–00

283–0672–00

283–0177–00

285–1252–00

285–1196–00

283–0211–00

283–0481–00

281–0775–01

290–1069–00

290–1301–00

290–1292–00

290–1301–00

290–0942–00

285–1331–00

285–1329–00

281–0775–01

290–0755–00

290–0973–01

283–0177–00

290–1034–00

290–1302–00

290–1034–00

290–1302–00

290–0943–00

283–0177–00

CAP,FXD,CER:MCL;0.1UF,20%,50V,Z5U,0.170

CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;10PF,10%,200V,NPO,0.100

CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;5.6PF,+/–0.5PF,100V,0.100 X 0.170

CAP,FXD,MICA DI:560PF,1%,300V

04222

SA105E104MAA

SA102A100KAA

SA102A5R6DAA

TK0891 RDM15FC561F03

CAP,FXD,MICA DI:70PF,1%,500V,TAPE & AMMO PACK

CAP,FXD,CER DI:1000PF,+80–20%,200VSQUARE

CAP,FXD,CER DI:0.001UF,+100–0X,500V,T&A

CAP,FXD,CER:MCL;0.1UF,20%,50V,Z5U,0.170

CAP,FXD,ELCTLT:100UF,+100–10%,25V,ALUMINUM

CAP,FXD,CER:MCL;0.1UF,20%,50V,Z5U,0.170

CAP,FXD,MICA DI:10PF,5%,500VTAPED & REELED

CAP,FXD,MICA DI:43PF,5%,500VTAPE & AMMO PACK

CAP,FXD,MICA DI:33PF,5%,500V,TAPE & AMMO PACK

CAP,FXD,MICA DI:132 PF,1%,500V

09023

04222

18796

04222

CDA15ED700F03

SR152E102ZAA

DD05–90HAY5U102

SA105E104MAA

B010100

B010230

B010229

0H1N5 CEUFM1E101

04222

SA105E104MAA

TK0891 RDM15CD100D03

09023

CDA10ED430J03

CDA15ED330J03

TK0891 RDM15FD132OFO3

TK0891 RDM15FD278OFO3

TK0891 RDM15FD2670F03

TK0891 RDM15FD201F03

CAP,FXD,MICA DI:278 PF,1%,500V

CAP,FXD,MICA DI:267PF,1%,500V

CAP,FXD,MICA DI:200PF,1%,500V

CAP,FXD,CER DI:1UF,+80–20%,25V

04222

SR303E105ZAA

CAP,FXD,PLASTIC:0.15UF,10%,250VAC

D5243 F1772–415–2000

TK0515 PME 290 MB 5100

CAP,FXD,PPR DI:0.01UF,20%,250V

CAP,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,10%,200V

04222

18796

04222

55680

SR302C104KAA

DE7090B221KVA1–

SA105E104MAA

UPL1E102MHH

CAP,FXD,CER DI:220PF,10%,250VAC

CAP,FXD,CER:MCL;0.1UF,20%,50V,Z5U,0.170

CAP,FXD,ALUM:1000UF,20%,6.3V,12.5MM X 25MM

CAP,FXD,ALUM:2700UF,20%,10V,12.5 X 30MM(0.492 X 1.180)

CAP,FXD,ALUM:4700UF,20%,6.3V,23 X 32MM;RADIAL

CAP,FXD,ALUM:2700UF,20%,10V,12.5 X 30MM(0.492 X 1.180)

CAP,FXD,ELCTLT:100UF,+100–10%,25V,ALUMINUM

CAP,FXD,MTLZD:0.47UF,5%,400V

B010100

B010230

B010100

B010230

B010229

0H1N5 CEEFM1A272M7

62643 767D472M6R3HE1C

0H1N5 CEEFM1A272M7

0H1N5 CEUFM1E101

TK1913 MKS4 .47/400/5

TK1913 FKP1 680/1600/1

CAP,FXD,PLSTC:MTLZD FILM;680PF,10%,1600V

CAP,FXD,CER:MCL;0.1UF,20%,50V,Z5U,0.170

CAP,FXD,ELCTLT:100UF,+50%–20%,10WVDC

CAP,FXD,ALUM:100UF,20%,25VDC

04222

SA105E104MAA

B010100

B010230

B010229

0H1N5 CEUSM1C101

55680

04222

55680

UVX1E101MEA1TA

CAP,FXD,CER DI:1UF,+80–20%,25V

SR303E105ZAA

UPL1J331MHH

CAP,FXD,CER DI:1UF,+80–20%,25V

B010100

B010230

B010100

B010230

B010229

CAP,FXD,ALUM:330UF,20%,25V,13 X 25MM

CAP,FXD,ALUM:1000UF,20%,35V,12.5 X 30MM(0.492 X 1.180)

CAP,FXD,ALUM:330UF,20%,25V,13 X 25MM

CAP,FXD,ALUM:1000UF,20%,35V,12.5 X 30MM(0.492 X 1.180)

CAP,FXD,ALUM:47UF,+50–20%,25V,6 X 11MM

CAP,FXD,CER DI:1UF,+80–20%,25V

0H1N5 CEEFM1V102M7

55680 UPL1J331MHH

0H1N5 CEEFM1V102M7

0H1N5 CEUSM1E470–Q

04222

SR303E105ZAA

8–9

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Replaceable Electrical Parts

Replaceable Electrical Parts List (Cont.)

Component Tektronix

Serial No. Serial No.

Discont’d

Mfr.

Code

Number

Part Number Effective

Name & Description

Mfr. Part Number

A1C107

A1C108

A1C109

A1C110

A1C111

A1C112

A1C113

A1C114

A1C115

A1C116

A1C117

A1C118

A1C119

A1C120

A1C121

A1C122

A1C123

A1C124

A1C125

A1C126

A1C128

A1C129

A1C130

A1C131

A1C132

A1C133

A1C134

A1C135

A1C136

A1C137

A1C139

A1C140

A1C141

A1C142

A1C143

A1C144

A1C145

A1C146

A1C147

A1C148

A1C149

A1C150

A1C152

A1C153

A1C154

A1C155

A1C156

283–0177–00

290–1291–00

290–1301–00

281–0773–00

283–0249–00

290–0942–00

283–0197–02

283–0177–00

283–0238–00

283–0024–00

283–0359–00

283–0863–00

281–0775–01

CAP,FXD,CER DI:1UF,+80–20%,25V

04222

SR303E105ZAA

CAP,FXD,CER DI:1UF,+80–20%,25V

B010100

B010230

B010229

CAP,FXD,ALUM:150UF,20%,400V,30 X 30MM;SNAPIN,105 DEG

CAP,FXD,ALUM:2700UF,20%,10V,12.5 X 30MM(0.492 X 1.180)

CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;0.01UF,10%,100V

0H1N5 CEAUF2G151M30

0H1N5 CEEFM1A272M7

TK1743 CGB103KEX

CAP,FXD,CER DI:0.068UF,10%,50V

04222

0H1N5 CEUFM1E101

SR591A471JAAAP1

SR215C683KAA

CAP,FXD,ELCTLT:100UF,+100–10%,25V,ALUMINUM

CAP,FXD,CER DI:470PF,5%,50VTAPED & REELED

CAP,FXD,CER DI:1UF,+80–20%,25V

04222

12969

04222

SR303E105ZAA

SR075C103KAA

SR215C104MAA

SR212A102KAA

24D104MBX

CAP,FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,10%,50V

CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;0.1UF,20%,50V,X7R,0.200

CAP,FXD,CER DI:1000PF,10%,200V

CAP,FXD,CER DI:CER CHIP,0.1UF,20%,25V,TYPE X7R

CAP,FXD,CER:MCL;0.1UF,20%,50V,Z5U,0.170

24D104MBX

SA105E104MAA

B010100

B010229

8–10

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Replaceable Electrical Parts

Replaceable Electrical Parts List (Cont.)

Component Tektronix

Serial No. Serial No.

Discont’d

Mfr.

Code

Number

Part Number Effective

Name & Description

Mfr. Part Number

A1C157

A1C158

A1C159

A1C160

A1C161

A1C162

A1C163

A1C164

A1C165

A1C167

A1C168

A1C169

A1C170

A1C171

A1C172

A1C173

A1C174

A1C175

A1C176

A1C177

A1C178

A1C179

A1C180

A1C181

A1C182

A1C183

A1C184

A1C185

A1C500

A1C501

A1C503

A1C504

A1C505

A1C506

A1C507

A1C508

A1C509

A1C510

A1C511

A1E1

281–0775–01

290–0990–00

281–0265–00

281–0775–01

281–0809–00

281–0775–01

281–0759–00

281–0819–00

281–0775–01

283–0359–00

290–0943–02

283–0221–00

281–0775–01

290–1313–00

283–0669–00

281–0782–00

283–0177–05

283–0223–00

281–0775–01

337–1417–00

152–0141–02

152–0601–01

152–0497–00

152–0582–00

CAP,FXD,CER:MCL;0.1UF,20%,50V,Z5U,0.170

CAP,FXD,ALUM:10UF,20%,50V,8X11.5

04222

55680

51406

04222

55680

04222

55680

SA105E104MAA

UET1H100MPH

TZ03R300FR169

SA105E104MAA

SA101A201JAA

SA105E104MAA

SA102A220KAA

SA102A330JAA

SA105E104MAA

SR212A102KAA

UVX1E470MDA1TD

SR305C474MAA

SA105E104MAA

UET1H100MPH1TA

CAP,VAR,CER DI:5.2–30PF,100V

CAP,FXD,CER:MCL;0.1UF,20%,50V,Z5U,0.170

CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;200 PF,5%,100V,0.100 X0.170

CAP,FXD,CER:MCL;0.1UF,20%,50V,Z5U,0.170

CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;22PF,10%,100V,0.100 X 0.170

CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;33 PF,5%,50V,0.100 X 0.170

CAP,FXD,CER:MCL;0.1UF,20%,50V,Z5U,0.170

CAP,FXD,CER DI:1000PF,10%,200V

CAP,FXD,ELCTLT:47UF,20%,25VTAPED & REELED

CAP,FXD,CER DI:0.47UF,20%,50V

CAP,FXD,CER:MCL;0.1UF,20%,50V,Z5U,0.170

CAP,FXD,ALUM:10UF,20%,50V,8 X 11MM;105 DEG,RADIAL

CAP,FXD,MICA DI:360PF,1%,500V

TK0891 RDM15FD361F03

CAP,FXD,CER DI:33 PF,10%,500V

52763

04222

2RDPZZ007 33POK

SR303E105ZAAAP1

CAP,FXD,CER DI:1UF,+80–20%,25V

B010230

CAP,FXD,CER DI:3PF,+/–5PF,50V

TK0679 TC501–NPO–309D

CAP,FXD,CER:MCL;0.1UF,20%,50V,Z5U,0.170

SHIELD,ELEC:0.55 SQ X 0.685 INCH HIGH

DIODE,SIG:ULTRA FAST;40V,150MA,4NS,2PF

DIODE,RECT:ULTRA FAST;150V,25NS,35A IFSM

DIODE,RECT:BRIDGE,600V,1.5A,1.05VF

04222

02875

27014

04713

14936

04713

SA105E104MAA

SO–9649–CN

FDH9427

B010100

B010229

A1CR5

A1CR7

FDH9427

A1CR8

FDH9427

A1CR9

MUR115RL

2KBP06M

A1CR10

A1CR11

A1CR12

A1CR13

DIODE,RECT:SCHTKY;20V,3A,.475VF,80A IFSM

1N5820

8–11

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Replaceable Electrical Parts

Replaceable Electrical Parts List (Cont.)

Component Tektronix

Serial No. Serial No.

Discont’d

Mfr.

Code

Number

Part Number Effective

Name & Description

Mfr. Part Number

A1CR14

152–0884–00

DIODE,RECT:SCHTKY;35V,16A,150A IFSM,630MVF

*ATTACHED PARTS*

04713

MBR1635

210–0586–00

210–1178–00

211–0097–00

214–2953–00

NUT,PL,ASSEM WA:4–40 X 0.25,STL CD PL

WASHER,SHLDR:U/W TO–220 XSTR

SCREW,MACHINE:4–40 X 0.312,PNH,STL

TK0435 ORDER BY DESC

13103 7721–7PPS

TK0435 ORDER BY DESC

HEAT SINK,SEMIC:XSTR,TO–220;VERTICALMOUNT,SLOT

HOLE,(3)SOLDERABLE TABS,COPPER,BLACK PAINT

13103

6030B–TT

342–0563–00

INSULATOR,PLATE:XSTR,FBRGL REINFORCED SILICON RBR

*END ATTACHED PARTS*

18565

69–11–8805–1674

A1CR15

A1CR16

A1CR17

A1CR18

A1CR19

A1CR20

A1CR21

A1CR22

A1CR24

A1CR25

152–0141–02

152–0601–01

152–0141–02

152–1085–00

152–0601–01

152–0964–00

DIODE,SIG:ULTRA FAST;40V,150MA,4NS,2PF

DIODE,RECT:ULTRA FAST;150V,25NS,35A IFSM

DIODE,SIG:ULTRA FAST;40V,150MA,4NS,2PF

DIO,RECT:ULTRA FAST;1000V,1A,30A IFSM,75NS SOFT RCVRY

DIODE,RECT:ULTRA FAST;150V,25NS,35A IFSM

27014

04713

27014

FDH9427

MUR115RL

FDH9427

0LUA3 BYV26E

04713

MUR115RL

DIODE,SIG:ULTRA FAST;ARRAY,6 COM CATH/COM ANODE

PAIR,12 DIODES,50V,200MA,4NS,2.5PF

TK2262 DM 308BT100SP–4

A1CR26

A1CR27

152–0141–02

152–0964–00

DIODE,SIG:ULTRA FAST;40V,150MA,4NS,2PF

27014 FDH9427

B010230

DIODE,SIG:ULTRA FAST;ARRAY,6 COM CATH/COM ANODE

PAIR,12 DIODES,50V,200MA,4NS,2.5PF

TK2262 DM 308BT100SP–4

A1CR28

A1CR29

A1DS1

152–0964–00

150–1090–00

DIODE,SIG:ULTRA FAST;ARRAY,6 COM CATH/COM ANODE

PAIR,12 DIODES,50V,200MA,4NS,2.5PF

DIODE,SIG:ULTRA FAST;ARRAY,6 COM CATH/COM ANODE

PAIR,12 DIODES,50V,200MA,4NS,2.5PF

DIODE,OPTO:LED;RED,626NM,4MCD AT 10MA,60 DEG VIEW

ANGLE,RT ANGLE MT W/EVEN SHEARED LEADS

15513

SP850211

A1DS2

A1DS3

A1DS4

A1E1

150–1120–00

150–1111–00

150–0035–00

337–1417–00

DIODE,OPTO:LED;AMBER,583NM,8MCD AT 20MA,T1

LT EMITTING DIO:GREEN,D565NM,35MA

15513

PCL200–BA

PCL200–MG

LAMP,GLOW:NEON;90V,0.3MA,AID–T,WIRE LD

TK0213 JH005/3011JA

B010100

B010229

SHIELD,ELEC:0.55 SQ X 0.685 INCH HIGH

(OPTION 1J ONLY)

02875

SO–9649–CN

A1F1

159–0032–00

FUSE,CARTRIDGE:3AG,0.5A,250V,SLOW BLOW

*MOUNTING PARTS*

71400

MDL 1/2

200–2264–00

204–0906–00

CAP,FUSEHOLDER:3AG FUSES

61935

FEK 031 1666

BODY,FUSEHOLDER:3AG & 5 X 20MM FUSES

*END MOUNTING PARTS*

TYPE FAU 031.35

A1J2

A1J3

A1J4

A1J5

131–3364–00

131–3323–00

131–3364–00

131–0608–00

CONN,HDR:PCB;MALE,STR,2 X 17,0.1 CTR,0.365D

CONN,HDR:PCB;MALE,STR,2 X 20,0.1 CTR,0.365D

CONN,HDR:PCB;MALE,STR,2 X 17,0.1 CTR,0.365D

53387

22526

53387

22526

2534–6002UB

66506–025

2534–6002UB

48283–018

CONN,TERMINAL:PRESSFIT/PCB;MALE,STR,0.025SQ,0.248

MLG X 0.137 TAIL,50 GOLD,PHZ BRZ,W/FERRULE

(QUANTITY 3)

A1J6

131–0608–00

CONN,TERMINAL:PRESSFIT/PCB;MALE,STR,0.025SQ,0.248

MLG X 0.137 TAIL,50 GOLD,PHZ BRZ,W/FERRULE

(QUANTITY 3)

22526

48283–018

8–12

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Replaceable Electrical Parts

Replaceable Electrical Parts List (Cont.)

Component Tektronix

Serial No. Serial No.

Discont’d

Mfr.

Code

Number

Part Number Effective

Name & Description

Mfr. Part Number

A1J9

131–0608–00

CONN,TERMINAL:PRESSFIT/PCB;MALE,STR,0.025SQ,0.248

MLG X 0.137 TAIL,50 GOLD,PHZ BRZ,W/FERRULE

(QUANTITY 3)

22526

48283–018

A1J10

A1J11

131–3378–00

131–0787–00

CONN,RF JACK:BNC;50 OHM,FEMALE,RTANG,PCB/REAR

PNL,0.5–28 THD,0.625 H X 0.187 TAIL,W/O

00779

22526

227677–1

TERMINAL,PIN:PCB/PRESSFIT;MALE,STR,0.025 SQ,0.448 MLG

X 0.137 TAIL,0.600 L,PHOS BRZ,50 GOLD

(QUANTITY 5)

47359–001

A1J12

A1J13

131–0608–00

CONN,TERMINAL:PRESSFIT/PCB;MALE,STR,0.025SQ,0.248

MLG X 0.137 TAIL,50 GOLD,PHZ BRZ,W/FERRULE

(QUANTITY 3)

22526

48283–018

CONN,TERMINAL:PRESSFIT/PCB;MALE,STR,0.025SQ,0.248

MLG X 0.137 TAIL,50 GOLD,PHZ BRZ,W/FERRULE

(QUANTITY 3)

A1J14

A1J15

A1J17

131–3378–00

131–0608–00

CONN,RF JACK:BNC;50 OHM,FEMALE,RTANG,PCB/REAR

PNL,0.5–28 THD,0.625 H X 0.187 TAIL,W/O

00779

22526

227677–1

48283–018

CONN,RF JACK:BNC;50 OHM,FEMALE,RTANG,PCB/REAR

PNL,0.5–28 THD,0.625 H X 0.187 TAIL,W/O

CONN,TERMINAL:PRESSFIT/PCB;MALE,STR,0.025SQ,0.248

MLG X 0.137 TAIL,50 GOLD,PHZ BRZ,W/FERRULE

(QUANTITY 2)

A1J18

A1J19

A1J20

A1J21

A1J22

A1J26

A1J27

A1J28

A1J32

A1J33

A1J50

131–0608–00

CONN,TERMINAL:PRESSFIT/PCB;MALE,STR,0.025SQ,0.248

MLG X 0.137 TAIL,50 GOLD,PHZ BRZ,W/FERRULE

(QUANTITY 2)

22526

48283–018

CONN,TERMINAL:PRESSFIT/PCB;MALE,STR,0.025SQ,0.248

MLG X 0.137 TAIL,50 GOLD,PHZ BRZ,W/FERRULE

(QUANTITY 2)

CONN,TERMINAL:PRESSFIT/PCB;MALE,STR,0.025SQ,0.248

MLG X 0.137 TAIL,50 GOLD,PHZ BRZ,W/FERRULE

(QUANTITY 16)

CONN,TERMINAL:PRESSFIT/PCB;MALE,STR,0.025SQ,0.248

MLG X 0.137 TAIL,50 GOLD,PHZ BRZ,W/FERRULE

(QUANTITY 2)

CONN,TERMINAL:PRESSFIT/PCB;MALE,STR,0.025SQ,0.248

MLG X 0.137 TAIL,50 GOLD,PHZ BRZ,W/FERRULE

(QUANTITY 3)

CONN,TERMINAL:PRESSFIT/PCB;MALE,STR,0.025SQ,0.248

MLG X 0.137 TAIL,50 GOLD,PHZ BRZ,W/FERRULE

(QUANTITY 2)

CONN,TERMINAL:PRESSFIT/PCB;MALE,STR,0.025SQ,0.248

MLG X 0.137 TAIL,50 GOLD,PHZ BRZ,W/FERRULE

(QUANTITY 10)

CONN,TERMINAL:PRESSFIT/PCB;MALE,STR,0.025SQ,0.248

MLG X 0.137 TAIL,50 GOLD,PHZ BRZ,W/FERRULE

(QUANTITY 3)

CONN,TERMINAL:PRESSFIT/PCB;MALE,STR,0.025SQ,0.248

MLG X 0.137 TAIL,50 GOLD,PHZ BRZ,W/FERRULE

(QUANTITY 3)

CONN,TERMINAL:PRESSFIT/PCB;MALE,STR,0.025SQ,0.248

MLG X 0.137 TAIL,50 GOLD,PHZ BRZ,W/FERRULE

(QUANTITY 3)

CONN,TERMINAL:PRESSFIT/PCB;MALE,STR,0.025SQ,0.248

MLG X 0.137 TAIL,50 GOLD,PHZ BRZ,W/FERRULE

(QUANTITY 2)

8–13

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Replaceable Electrical Parts

Replaceable Electrical Parts List (Cont.)

Component Tektronix

Serial No. Serial No.

Discont’d

Mfr.

Code

Number

Part Number Effective

Name & Description

Mfr. Part Number

A1J51

131–0608–00

148–0232–00

CONN,TERMINAL:PRESSFIT/PCB;MALE,STR,0.025SQ,0.248

MLG X 0.137 TAIL,50 GOLD,PHZ BRZ,W/FERRULE

(QUANTITY 2)

22526

61529

48283–018

A1J52

A1J53

A1J54

A1J55

A1J56

A1J57

A1K2

CONN,TERMINAL:PRESSFIT/PCB;MALE,STR,0.025SQ,0.248

MLG X 0.137 TAIL,50 GOLD,PHZ BRZ,W/FERRULE

(QUANTITY 2)

48283–018

RG2E–12V

CONN,TERMINAL:PRESSFIT/PCB;MALE,STR,0.025SQ,0.248

MLG X 0.137 TAIL,50 GOLD,PHZ BRZ,W/FERRULE

(QUANTITY 2)

CONN,TERMINAL:PRESSFIT/PCB;MALE,STR,0.025SQ,0.248

MLG X 0.137 TAIL,50 GOLD,PHZ BRZ,W/FERRULE

(QUANTITY 3)

CONN,TERMINAL:PRESSFIT/PCB;MALE,STR,0.025SQ,0.248

MLG X 0.137 TAIL,50 GOLD,PHZ BRZ,W/FERRULE

(QUANTITY 3)

CONN,TERMINAL:PRESSFIT/PCB;MALE,STR,0.025SQ,0.248

MLG X 0.137 TAIL,50 GOLD,PHZ BRZ,W/FERRULE

(QUANTITY 3)

CONN,TERMINAL:PRESSFIT/PCB;MALE,STR,0.025SQ,0.248

MLG X 0.137 TAIL,50 GOLD,PHZ BRZ,W/FERRULE

(QUANTITY 3)

RELAY,ARM:2 FORM C,75 OHM,COIL,12V 411 OHM,CON-

TACTS,24VDC 1A,INSERTION LOSS 1DB MAX @900MHZ

A1L1

108–0459–00

108–1544–00

B010100

B010230

B010229

COIL,RF:FIXED,39.5UH

0JR03 108–0459–00

COIL,RF:IDCTR;FXD,39.5UH,10%,Q=100,TAPPED,SHIELDED

*ATTACHED PARTS*

0JR03 108–1544–00 (Z–

162–0532–00

INSUL SLVG,ELEC:HT SHRINK,0.375 IDPOLYOLEFIN,BLK,0.022

*END ATTACHED PARTS*

06090

VERSAFIT

A1L2

108–0215–00

108–0912–00

108–0182–00

114–0364–00

114–0463–00

108–1263–00

108–0554–00

108–0959–00

108–1212–00

108–1204–00

108–1206–00

119–1946–00

131–0993–02

131–0993–05

131–0993–02

COIL,RF:INDUCTOR;FXD,1.1UH,10%,38AWG,31 TURNS

COIL,RF:FIXED,83NH

0JR03 108–0215–00

0JR03 108–0912–00

0JR03 108–0182–00

A1L3

A1L6

A1L7

COIL,RF:FIXED,293NH

A1L8

COIL,RF:FIXED,293NH

A1L12

A1L13

A1L14

A1L15

A1L16

A1L17

A1L18

A1L19

A1L20

A1L21

A1LF1

A1P5

COIL,RF:VARIABLE,1.42–1.68UHPOT CORE

COIL,RF:VAR 0.90UH – 1.07UH, PRESET/SECURED

IDCTR,FXD:PWR;10UH,10%,I<2.1A,RDC<0.043 OHM,Q>20

IDCTR,FXD:PWR;5UH,20%,I<10A,DCR<0.01 OHM,17.5

COIL,RF:FIXED,150UH

54937

500–3893

500–4752

TK2058 TSL0707–100K1R9

0JR03 108–0554–00

0JR03 108–0959–00

0JR03 108–1212–00

0JR03 108–1204–00

0JR03 108–1206–00

0GV52 FN326–1/02–K–D–

COIL,RF:FIXED,9UH,2%

COIL,RF:FIXED,1.51 UH,1%

COIL,RF:FIXED,413NH,1%

FILTER,RFI:1A,250V,400HZ W/PC TERMINAL

BUS,CONDUCTOR:SHUNT ASSEMBLY,RED

BUS,CONDUCTOR:SHUNT ASSEMBLY,GREEN

BUS,CONDUCTOR:SHUNT ASSEMBLY,RED

00779

1–850100–O

850100–5

A1P6

A1P9

A1P12

A1P13

A1P17

A1P18

1–850100–O

8–14

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Replaceable Electrical Parts

Replaceable Electrical Parts List (Cont.)

Component Tektronix

Serial No. Serial No.

Discont’d

Mfr.

Code

Number

Part Number Effective

Name & Description

Mfr. Part Number

A1P19

A1P20

A1P22

A1P28

A1P32

A1P33

A1P34

A1P35

A1P36

A1P37

A1P38

A1P54

A1P55

A1P56

A1P57

A1Q1

131–0993–02

131–0993–05

131–0993–02

151–0190–00

151–0622–00

151–0710–00

151–0342–00

151–0341–00

151–0190–00

151–0656–00

151–0190–00

151–0254–00

151–0190–00

151–0528–00

151–0908–00

BUS,CONDUCTOR:SHUNT ASSEMBLY,RED

BUS,CONDUCTOR:SHUNT ASSEMBLY,GREEN

BUS,CONDUCTOR:SHUNT ASSEMBLY,RED

XSTR,SIG:BIPOLAR,NPN;40V,200MA,300MHZ,AMPL

XSTR,SIG:BIPOLAR,PNP;40V,1.0A,50MHZ,AMPL

XSTR,SIG:BIPOLAR,NPN;40V,1.0A,50MHZ,AMPL

XSTR,SIG:BIPOLAR,PNP;60V,50MA,40MHZ,AMPL

XSTR,SIG:BIPOLAR,NPN;45V,50MA,40MHZ,AMPL

XSTR,SIG:BIPOLAR,NPN;40V,200MA,300MHZ,AMPL

00779

04713

1–850100–O

850100–5

1–850100–O

2N3904

B010230

A1Q2

2N3904

A1Q3

2N3904

A1Q4

MPS6727

A1Q5

MPSW01A

MPS4249

A1Q6

A1Q7

MPS6520

A1Q8

2N3904

A1Q9

XSTR,PWR:BIPOLAR,NPN;80V,8.0A,4.0MHZ,DARLINGTON,AMPL 04713

XSTR,SIG:BIPOLAR,NPN;40V,200MA,300MHZ,AMPL 04713

2N6044

A1Q11

A1Q12

A1Q13

A1Q14

A1Q15

A1Q16

2N3904

XSTR,SIG:BIPLAR,NPN;30V,500MA,125MHZ,AMPL,DARLINGTON 0JR04 MPS–A14

XSTR,SIG:BIPOLAR,NPN;40V,200MA,300MHZ,AMPL

THYRISTOR,PWR:BIPOLAR,SCR;50V,16A RMS,PHASE

XSTR,PWR:BIPOLAR,NPN;500V VCEO,1000VVCEV,5A

*ATTACHED PARTS*

04713

2N3904

2N6400

MJH16002A

210–0586–00

210–0589–00

210–1178–00

211–0097–00

214–2953–00

NUT,PL,ASSEM WA:4–40 X 0.25,STL CD PL

NUT,SLFLKG,HEX:4–40 X 0.246,STL CD PL

WASHER,SHLDR:U/W TO–220 XSTR

TK0435 ORDER BY DESC

TK0409 CF22NM40

13103

TK0435 ORDER BY DESC

13103 6030B–TT

7721–7PPS

SCREW,MACHINE:4–40 X 0.312,PNH,STL

HEAT SINK,SEMIC:XSTR,TO–220;VERTICAL MOUNT,SLOT

HOLE,(3)SOLDERABLE TABS,COPPER,BLACK PAINT

342–0354–00

INSULATOR,PLATE:XSTR,SILICONE RUBBER

*END ATTACHED PARTS*

2K262 342–0354–00

A1Q17

A1Q18

A1Q180

A1R3

151–1171–00

151–0188–00

151–0190–00

307–0539–00

307–0650–00

XSTR,PWR:MOS,N–CH;50V,12A,0.12 OHM

XSTR,SIG:BIPOLAR,PNP;40V,200MA,250MHZ,AMPL

XSTR,SIG:BIPOLAR,NPN;40V,200MA,300MHZ,AMPL

RES NTWK,FXD,FI:(7)510 OHM,10%,1W

RES NTWK,FXD,FI:9,2.7K OHM,5%,0.150W

04713

11236

MTP15N05E

2N3906

2N3904

750–81–R510 OHM

750–101–R2.7K

A1R4

A1R5

8–15

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Replaceable Electrical Parts

Replaceable Electrical Parts List (Cont.)

Component Tektronix

Serial No. Serial No.

Discont’d

Mfr.

Code

Number

Part Number Effective

Name & Description

Mfr. Part Number

A1R6

307–0446–00

322–3235–00

307–0650–00

322–3235–00

322–3306–00

322–3147–00

322–3318–00

322–3193–00

322–3295–00

322–3126–01

322–3295–00

322–3258–00

322–3482–02

311–2230–00

322–3304–00

322–3143–00

322–3154–00

311–2226–00

311–2227–00

311–2228–00

322–3143–00

322–3154–00

322–3222–00

322–3143–00

322–3126–01

311–2238–00

322–3392–00

322–3295–00

322–3385–00

322–3258–00

322–3373–00

322–3177–00

322–3306–00

322–3222–00

322–3223–00

322–3235–00

322–3193–00

RES NTWK,FXD,FI:10K OHM,20%,(9)RES

11236

91637

11236

91637

56845

91637

750–101–R10K

A1R7

RES NTWK,FXD,FI:10K OHM,20%,(9)RES

750–101–R10K

A1R8

RES NTWK,FXD,FI:10K OHM,20%,(9)RES

750–101–R10K

A1R9

RES NTWK,FXD,FI:10K OHM,20%,(9)RES

750–101–R10K

A1R10

A1R11

A1R12

A1R13

A1R14

A1R18

A1R19

A1R20

A1R21

A1R22

A1R23

A1R24

A1R25

A1R26

A1R27

A1R28

A1R29

A1R30

A1R31

A1R32

A1R33

A1R34

A1R35

A1R36

A1R37

A1R38

A1R39

A1R40

A1R41

A1R42

A1R43

A1R44

A1R45

A1R46

A1R47

A1R48

A1R49

A1R50

A1R51

A1R52

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;2.74K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100

RES NTWK,FXD,FI:9,2.7K OHM,5%,0.150W

CCF501G27400F

750–101–R2.7K

CCF501G27400F

CCF50–2–G1502F

CCF501G332R0F

CCF501G20001F

CCF501G10000F

CCF50G11501F

CCF501G200R0D

CCF50G11501F

CCF50–2–G4751FT

CCF501D14201D

RES NTWK,FXD,FI:9,2.7K OHM,5%,0.150W

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;2.74K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;15K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;332 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;20K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;1K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;11.5K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100

RES,FXD,FILM:200 OHM,0.5%,0.2W,TC=TOSMALL BODY

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;11.5K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;4.75K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100

RES,FXD,FILM:14.2K OHM,5%,0.2W,TC=TO

RES,VAR,TRMR:CERMET;500 OHM,20%,0.5W,0.197 SQ

RES,FXD,FILM:14.3K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0TAPED &

RES,FXD,FILM:301 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0MI,SMALL BODY

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;392 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM

RES,VAR,TRMR:CERMET;50 OHM,20%,0.5W,0.197 SQ

RES,VAR,TRMR:CERMET;100 OHM,20%,0.5W,0.197 SQ

RES,VAR,TRMR:CERMET;200 OHM,20%,0.5W,0.197 SQ

RES,FXD,FILM:301 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0MI,SMALL BODY

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;392 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;2K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM

RES,FXD,FILM:301 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0MI,SMALL BODY

RES,FXD,FILM:200 OHM,0.5%,0.2W,TC=TOSMALL BODY

RES,VAR,TRMR:CERMET;50K OHM,20%,0.5W,0.197 SQ

RES,FXD,FILM:118K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0MI,SMALL

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;11.5K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;100K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;4.75K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100

RES,FXD,FILM:75K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0MI,SMALL BODY

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;681 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;15K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;2K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM

RES,FXD,FILM:2.05K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0MI,SMALL BODY

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;2.74K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;1K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM

TK2073 GF06UT2 501 M L

91637

CCF50G14301F

CCF501G301ROF

CCF501G392R0F

B010100

B020301

B010100

B010170

B020301

B010100

B020301

B020300

B010169

B020300

TK2073 GF06UT2 500 M L

TK2073 GF06UT2 101 M L

TK2073 GF06UT2 201 M L

B020300

91637

CCF501G301ROF

CCF501G392R0F

CCF501G20000F

CCF501G301ROF

CCF501G200R0D

TK2073 GF06UT2 503 M L

91637

56845

91637

CCF501G11802F

CCF50G11501F

CCF501G10002F

CCF50–2–G4751FT

CCF501G75001F

CCF50–2G681R0F

CCF50–2–G1502F

CCF501G20000F

CCF501G20500F

CCF501G27400F

CCF501G10000F

8–16

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Replaceable Electrical Parts

Replaceable Electrical Parts List (Cont.)

Component Tektronix

Serial No. Serial No.

Discont’d

Mfr.

Code

Number

Part Number Effective

Name & Description

Mfr. Part Number

A1R53

A1R54

A1R55

A1R56

A1R57

A1R58

A1R59

A1R60

A1R61

A1R62

A1R63

A1R64

A1R65

A1R66

A1R67

A1R68

A1R69

A1R70

A1R71

A1R72

A1R73

A1R74

A1R76

A1R77

A1R78

A1R79

A1R80

A1R81

A1R82

A1R83

A1R86

A1R87

A1R88

A1R89

A1R90

A1R91

A1R92

A1R98

A1R99

A1R100

A1R101

A1R102

A1R103

322–3193–00

322–3443–00

322–3001–00

322–3231–00

322–3243–00

322–3260–00

322–3193–00

322–3164–00

322–3193–00

322–3164–00

322–3289–00

317–0047–00

322–3165–00

322–3318–00

322–3385–00

322–3230–00

322–3273–00

322–3239–00

322–3250–00

322–3193–00

322–3354–00

322–3414–00

322–3354–00

322–3414–00

322–3318–00

308–0677–00

322–3442–00

322–3318–00

322–3222–00

322–3346–00

322–3226–00

322–3258–00

322–3039–00

322–3085–00

322–3222–00

322–3239–00

322–3085–07

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;1K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM

RES,FXD,FILM:402K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0MI,SMALL

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;10 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM

RES,FXD,FILM:2.49K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0MI,SMALL BODY

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;3.32K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100

RES,FXD,FILM:4.99K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0TAPED &

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;1K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM

RES,FXD,FILM:499 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0MI,SMALL BODY

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;1K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM

RES,FXD,FILM:499 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0MI,SMALL BODY

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;10K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM

RES,FXD,CMPSN:4.7 OHM,5%,0.125W

91637

50139

91637

75042

91637

56845

91637

CCF501G10000F

CCF501G40202F

CCF501G10R00F

CCF50–1G24900F

CCF50–1–G33200F

CCF501G49900F

CCF501G10000F

CCF501G499ROF

CCF501G10000F

CCF501G499ROF

CCF50G10001F

BB47G5

RES,FXD,CMPSN:4.7 OHM,5%,0.125W

BB47G5

RES,FXD,FILM:511 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0MI,SMALL BODY

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;20K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;100K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM

RES,FXD,FILM:2.43K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0MI,SMALL BODY

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;6.81K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100

RES,FXD,FILM:3.01K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0MI,SMALL BODY

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;3.92K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;1K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;47.5K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;200K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100PPM

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;47.5K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;200K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100PPM

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;20K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM

RES,FXD,WW:1 OHM,5%,2W

CCF501G511R0F

CCF501G20001F

CCF501G10002F

CCF50–2–G2431FT

CCF50–2–G68100F

CCF501G30100F

CCF50–2F39200F

CCF501G10000F

CCF501G47501F

CCF501G20002F

CCF501G47501F

CCF501G20002F

CCF501G20001F

SPH 1 OHM 5 PER

CCF50–2G39202F

CCF501G20001F

CCF501G20000F

CCF50–2–G39201F

CCF501G22100F

CCF50–2–G4751FT

CCF50–2–G24R90F

CCF501G75R00F

CCF501G20000F

CCF501G30100F

RES,FXD,FILM:392K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0MI,SMALL

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;20K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;2K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;39.2K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;2.21K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;4.75K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100

RES,FXD,FILM:24.9 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0,SMALL BODY

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;75 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;2K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM

RES,FXD,FILM:3.01K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0MI,SMALL BODY

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;75 OHM,0.1%,0.2W,TC=25 PPM

CCF502–C75ROOB

A1R104

A1R105

A1R106

322–3114–00

322–3193–00

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;150 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;1K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM

91637

CCF50–2–G1500F

CCF501G10000F

8–17

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Replaceable Electrical Parts

Replaceable Electrical Parts List (Cont.)

Component Tektronix

Serial No. Serial No.

Discont’d

Mfr.

Code

Number

Part Number Effective

Name & Description

Mfr. Part Number

A1R108

322–3085–07

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;75 OHM,0.1%,0.2W,TC=25 PPM

91637

CCF502–C75ROOB

A1R109

A1R110

A1R111

A1R112

322–3289–00

322–3201–00

322–3085–07

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;10K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;1.21K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;75 OHM,0.1%,0.2W,TC=25 PPM

91637

CCF50G10001F

CCF501G12100F

CCF502–C75ROOB

A1R113

322–3085–07

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;75 OHM,0.1%,0.2W,TC=25 PPM

91637

CCF502–C75ROOB

A1R114

A1R115

A1R116

A1R117

A1R118

A1R119

A1R120

A1R121

A1R122

A1R123

A1R124

A1R125

A1R126

A1R127

A1R130

A1R132

A1R133

A1R134

A1R135

A1R137

A1R138

A1R141

A1R142

A1R143

A1R144

A1R145

A1R146

A1R147

A1R149

A1R150

A1R151

A1R152

A1R153

A1R154

A1R155

A1R156

A1R157

322–1618–07

322–3085–00

322–3154–00

322–3222–00

311–2226–00

322–3101–00

322–3167–00

322–3482–02

322–3304–00

311–2230–00

322–3085–00

322–3138–00

322–3135–00

322–3235–00

322–3254–00

322–3414–00

322–3235–00

315–0226–00

315–0105–00

315–0106–00

315–0102–00

315–0270–00

308–0585–00

308–0223–00

315–0100–00

315–0103–00

322–3210–00

301–0274–00

303–0274–00

305–0104–00

308–0555–00

301–0274–00

303–0274–00

RES,FXD,FILM:400 OHM,0.1%,0.2W,TC=T9

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;75 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;392 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;2K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM

RES,VAR,TRMR:CERMET;50 OHM,20%,0.5W,0.197 SQ

RES,FXD,FILM:110 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=TOMI,SMALL BODY

RES,FXD,FILM:536 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0MI,SMALL BODY

RES,FXD,FILM:14.2K OHM,5%,0.2W,TC=TO

RES,FXD,FILM:14.3K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0TAPED &

RES,VAR,TRMR:CERMET;500 OHM,20%,0.5W,0.197 SQ

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;75 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM

RES,FXD,FILM:267 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0MI,SMALL BODY

RES,FXD,FILM:249 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0MI,SMALL BODY

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;2.74K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100

RES,FXD,FILM:4.32K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0MI,SMALL BODY

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;200K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;2.74K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100

RES,FXD,FILM:22M OHM,5%,0.25W

91637

CCF501C400R0B

CCF501G75R00F

CCF501G392R0F

CCF501G20000F

TK2073 GF06UT2 500 M L

91637

57668

91637

CCF50–2G110R0F

CRB20 FXE 536E

CCF501D14201D

CCF50G14301F

TK2073 GF06UT2 501 M L

91637

50139

CCF501G75R00F

CCF501G267R0F

CCF501G249R0F

CCF501G27400F

CCF502G4321FT

CCF501G20002F

CCF501G27400F

CB2265

RES,FXD,FILM:1M OHM,5%,0.25W

TK1727 SFR25 2322–181–

RES,FXD,FILM:10M OHM,5%,0.25W

RES,FXD,FILM:1K OHM,5%,0.25W

RES,FXD,FILM:27 OHM,5%,0.25W

B010100

B010230

B010229

RES,FXD,WW:50 OHM,0.5%,5W

91637

00213

RS550R00D T/R

1240S–35–5

RES,FXD,WW:35 OHM,5%,3W

RES,FXD,FILM:10 OHM,5%,0.25W,

TK1727 SFR25 2322–182–

TK1727 SFR25 2322–181–

RES,FXD,FILM:10K OHM,5%,0.25W

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;1.5K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM

RES,FXD,FILM:270K OHM,5%,0.5W

91637

19701

80009

11502

00213

19701

80009

CCF501G15000F

5053CX270K0J

303027400

B010100

B010230

RES,FXD,CMPSN:270K OHM,5%,1W

RES,FXD,CMPSN:100K OHM,5%,2W

GF–3 OR GS–3 10

1200S–5.0–5

5053CX270K0J

303027400

RES,FXD,WW:5 OHM,5%,3W

B010100

B010230

RES,FXD,FILM:270K OHM,5%,0.5W

RES,FXD,CMPSN:270K OHM,5%,1W

8–18

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Replaceable Electrical Parts

Replaceable Electrical Parts List (Cont.)

Component Tektronix

Serial No. Serial No.

Discont’d

Mfr.

Code

Number

Part Number Effective

Name & Description

Mfr. Part Number

A1R158

A1R159

A1R160

A1R161

A1R162

A1R163

A1R164

A1R165

A1R166

A1R167

A1R168

A1R169

A1R170

A1R171

A1R172

A1R173

A1R174

A1R175

A1R177

A1R178

A1R179

A1R180

A1R184

A1R185

A1R190

A1R191

A1R192

A1R206

A1R207

A1R208

A1R209

A1R210

A1R211

A1R212

A1R213

A1R214

A1R215

A1R216

A1R217

A1R218

A1R219

A1R220

A1R221

A1R222

A1R223

A1R224

A1R225

A1R226

322–3235–00

322–3289–00

322–3281–00

322–3258–00

322–3314–00

308–0806–00

322–3347–00

322–3289–00

322–3162–00

322–3402–00

322–3222–00

322–3210–00

311–2231–00

322–3318–00

322–3239–00

322–3258–00

322–3289–00

307–0650–00

322–3289–00

322–3225–00

322–3143–00

322–3165–00

322–3235–00

322–3137–00

322–3117–00

322–3306–00

322–3114–00

311–2227–00

322–3135–00

322–3164–00

322–3235–00

322–3318–00

307–1318–00

322–3165–00

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;2.74K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;10K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;8.25K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;4.75K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;18.2K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100

RES,FXD,WW:45K,0.01%,0.125W,TC=5PPM

91637

56845

91637

CCF501G27400F

CCF50G10001F

CCF501G82500F

CCF50–2–G4751FT

CCF501G18201F

TK2096 812–P 45 K .01P

RES,FXD,FILM:40.2K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0MI,SMALL BODY

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;10K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;475 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;150K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;2K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;1.5K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM

RES,VAR,TRMR:CERMET;1K OHM,20%,0.5W,0.197 SQ

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;20K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM

RES,FXD,FILM:3.01K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0MI,SMALL BODY

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;4.75K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;10K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM

RES NTWK,FXD,FI:9,2.7K OHM,5%,0.150W

91637

CCF50–2–G40201F

CCF50G10001F

CCF50G475R0F

CCF50G15002F

CCF501G20000F

CCF501G15000F

TK2073 GF06UT2 102 M L

91637

56845

91637

11236

91637

CCF501G20001F

CCF501G30100F

CCF50–2–G4751FT

CCF50G10001F

750–101–R2.7K

CCF50G10001F

CCF501G21500F

CCF501G301ROF

CCF501G511R0F

CCF501G27400F

CCF501G261R0F

CCF501G162R0F

CCF50–2–G1502F

CCF50–2–G1500F

RES NTWK,FXD,FI:9,2.7K OHM,5%,0.150W

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;10K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM

RES,FXD,FILM:2.15K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0

RES,FXD,FILM:301 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0MI,SMALL BODY

RES,FXD,FILM:511 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0MI,SMALL BODY

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;2.74K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100

RES,FXD,FILM:261 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0MI,SMALL BODY

RES,FXD,FILM:162 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0MI,SMALL BODY

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;15K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;150 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM

RES,VAR,TRMR:CERMET;100 OHM,20%,0.5W,0.197 SQ

RES,FXD,FILM:249 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0MI,SMALL BODY

RES,FXD,FILM:499 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0MI,SMALL BODY

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;2.74K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;20K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM

RES NTWK,FXD,FI:(2) 162 OHM,(2) 260 OHM,2%,0.125W

RES,FXD,FILM:511 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0MI,SMALL BODY

TK2073 GF06UT2 101 M L

91637

CCF501G249R0F

CCF501G499ROF

CCF501G27400F

CCF501G20001F

CSC04B–05–162/2

CCF501G511R0F

B010100

B010229

8–19

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Replaceable Electrical Parts

Replaceable Electrical Parts List (Cont.)

Component Tektronix

Serial No. Serial No.

Discont’d

Mfr.

Code

Number

Part Number Effective

Name & Description

Mfr. Part Number

A1R227

A1R228

A1R229

A1R230

A1R231

A1R500

A1R501

A1R502

A1R503

A1R504

A1R506

A1R508

A1RT1

A1RV1

A1S1

322–3001–00

322–3193–00

322–3210–00

322–3135–00

301–0105–00

303–0105–00

322–3318–00

322–3335–00

322–3289–00

322–3385–00

322–3289–00

322–3097–00

322–3318–00

307–0746–00

307–0663–00

260–1721–00

260–2447–00

260–1721–00

260–2126–00

260–2443–00

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;10 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;1K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;1.5K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM

RES,FXD,FILM:249 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0MI,SMALL BODY

RES,FXD,FILM:1M OHM,5%,0.50W

91637

19701

24546

91637

15454

34371

81073

64154

31918

CCF501G10R00F

CCF501G10000F

CCF501G15000F

CCF501G249R0F

5053CX1M000J

FP32 OR FP1 1 M

CCF501G20001F

CCF501G30101F

CCF50G10001F

CCF501G10002F

CCF50G10001F

CCF501G100R0F

CCF501G20001F

SG200–S STRAI

V250LA4

B010100

B010230

B010229

RES,FXD,CMPSN:1M OHM,5%,1W

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;20K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM

RES,FXD,FILM:30.1K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=T0MI,SMALL BODY

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;10K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;100K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;10K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;100 OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM

RES,FXD:METAL FILM;20K OHM,1%,0.2W,TC=100 PPM

RES,THERMAL:5 OHM,10%,7A/DEG C

B010100

B010230

RES,V SENSITIVE:330 V,0.25 W

SWITCH,ROCKER:8,SPST,125MA,30VDC

76SB08S

A1S2

SWITCH,ROCKER:8,SPST,125MA,30VDC

76SB08S

A1S3

SWITCH,ROCKER:8,SPST,125MA,30VDC

76SB08S

A1S4

SWITCH,ROCKER:8,SPST,125MA,30VDC

76SB08S

A1S5

SWITCH,ROCKER:SINGLE,RTANG

76SB08S RA

A1S6

SWITCH,ROCKER:SINGLE,RTANG

76SB08S RA

A1S7

SWITCH,ROCKER:8,SPST,125MA,30VDC

76SB08S

A1S8

SWITCH,ROTARY:MEMORY SELECTOR

41J34G

A1S9

SW,PWR:DPDT;PUSH PUSH ALT ACT,PC PINS,6A 250VAC/1A

100VDC,36A AC SURGE,RIGHT ANG MNT,W/HARD END

NE18–00–EE–N–47

*ATTACHED PARTS*

366–1160–00

260–2443–00

PUSH BUTTON:CHARCOAL,0.523 X 0.253 X 0.43

*END ATTACHED PARTS*

80009

31918

366116000

A1S10

SW,PWR:DPDT;PUSH PUSH ALT ACT,PC PINS,6A 250VAC/1A

100VDC,36A AC SURGE,RIGHT ANG MNT,W/HARD END

NE18–00–EE–N–47

*ATTACHED PARTS*

366–1160–00

PUSH BUTTON:CHARCOAL,0.523 X 0.253 X 0.43

*END ATTACHED PARTS*

80009

366116000

A1T1

A1T2

120–1831–00

120–1861–00

TRANSFORMER,RF:FLYBACK,OUTPUTS +/–15 & +/–5

75498

54937

128–8038–00

500–4757

TRANSFORMER,RF:VAR 1.40 – 1.65UH, PRESET/SECURED TO

1.55 UH, +/– 1%Q=160, POT CORE

A1TP1

A1TP2

A1TP3

A1TP4

A1TP5

A1TP6

214–4085–00

TERM,TEST POINT:0.070 ID,0.220 H,0.063 DIAP

CB,0.015 X 0.032 BRASS,W/RED NYLON COLLAR

26364

104–01–02

TERM,TEST POINT:0.070 ID,0.220 H,0.063 DIAP

CB,0.015 X 0.032 BRASS,W/RED NYLON COLLAR

TERM,TEST POINT:0.070 ID,0.220 H,0.063 DIAP

CB,0.015 X 0.032 BRASS,W/RED NYLON COLLAR

TERM,TEST POINT:0.070 ID,0.220 H,0.063 DIAP

CB,0.015 X 0.032 BRASS,W/RED NYLON COLLAR

TERM,TEST POINT:0.070 ID,0.220 H,0.063 DIAP

CB,0.015 X 0.032 BRASS,W/RED NYLON COLLAR

TERM,TEST POINT:0.070 ID,0.220 H,0.063 DIAP

CB,0.015 X 0.032 BRASS,W/RED NYLON COLLAR

8–20

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Replaceable Electrical Parts

Replaceable Electrical Parts List (Cont.)

Component Tektronix

Serial No. Serial No.

Discont’d

Mfr.

Code

Number

Part Number Effective

Name & Description

Mfr. Part Number

A1TP7

214–4085–00

TERM,TEST POINT:0.070 ID,0.220 H,0.063 DIAP

CB,0.015 X 0.032 BRASS,W/RED NYLON COLLAR

26364

104–01–02

A1TP8

A1TP9

A1TP10

TERM,TEST POINT:0.070 ID,0.220 H,0.063 DIAP

CB,0.015 X 0.032 BRASS,W/RED NYLON COLLAR

26364

104–01–02

TERM,TEST POINT:0.070 ID,0.220 H,0.063 DIAP

CB,0.015 X 0.032 BRASS,W/RED NYLON COLLAR

TERM,TEST POINT:0.070 ID,0.220 H,0.063 DIAP

CB,0.015 X 0.032 BRASS,W/RED NYLON COLLAR

A1U1

A1U3

A1U4

156–1704–00

160–8612–00

IC,DIGITAL:FTTL,FLIP FLOP;OCTAL D–TYPE, 3–STATE

01295

80009

SN74F374N

160861200

B010100

B010137

B010230

B020295

B020288

B020289

B020295

B020288

B010229

B010136

B010229

B020294

IC,MEMORY:CMOS,EPROM;8K X 8,40NS,REGISTERED

(STANDARD ONLY)

A1U4

160–8867–00

160–8867–01

160–8612–01

160–8612–02

160–8612–00

160–8612–01

160–8612–02

160–9755–00

IC,MEMORY:CMOS,PROM;8K X 8,40NS,REGISTERED

(OPTION 1J ONLY)

80009

160886700

160886701

160861201

160861202

160861200

160861301

160861202

160975500

IC,MEMORY:CMOS,EPROM;32K X 8

(OPTION 1J ONLY)

IC,MEMORY:CMOS,EPROM;8K X 8

(STANDARD AND OPTION 1J ONLY)

IC,MEMORY:CMOS,PROM;32K X 8,40NS,REGISTERED

(STANDARD AND OPTION 1J ONLY)

B020288

B020294

IC,MEMORY:CMOS,EPROM;8K X 8,40NS,REGISTERED

(OPTION 1M ONLY)

IC,MEMORY:CMOS,EPROM;8K X 8

(OPTION 1M ONLY)

IC,MEMORY:CMOS,PROM;32K X 8,40NS,REGISTERED

(OPTION 1M ONLY)

IC,DIGITAL:CMOS,PROM;32K X 8,40NS,RGTRD

(OPTION 02 ONLY)

*MOUNTING PARTS*

136–1038–00

SOCKET,DIP:PCB;STR,28 POS,2 X 14,0.1X 0.3CTR,0.185 H X

0.130 TAIL,TIN,BD RETENTION,BECU

00779

2–382571–3

*END MOUNTING PARTS*

A1U5

160–8613–00

160–8868–00

160–8868–01

160–8613–01

160–8613–02

160–8613–00

160–8613–01

160–8613–02

160–9756–00

B010100

B010137

B010230

B020295

B020288

B020289

B020295

B020288

B010229

B010136

B010229

B020294

IC,MEMORY:CMOS,EPROM;8K X 8,40NS,REGISTERED

(STANDARD ONLY)

80009

160861300

160886800

160886801

160861301

160861302

160861300

160861301

160861302

160975600

IC,MEMORY:CMOS,PROM;8K X 8,40NS,REGISTERED

(OPTION 1J ONLY)

IC,MEMORY:CMOS,EPROM;32K X 8

(OPTION 1J ONLY)

IC,MEMORY:CMOS,EPROM;8K X 8

(STANDARD AND OPTION 1J ONLY)

IC,MEMORY:CMOS,PROM;32K X 8,40NS,REGISTERED

(STANDARD AND OPTION 1J ONLY)

B020288

B020294

IC,MEMORY:CMOS,EPROM;8K X 8,40NS,REGISTERED

(OPTION 1M ONLY)

IC,MEMORY:CMOS,EPROM;8K X 8

(OPTION 1M ONLY)

IC,MEMORY:CMOS,PROM;32K X 8,40NS,REGISTERED

(OPTION 1M ONLY)

IC,MEMORY:CMOS,PROM;32K X 8,40NS,REGISTERED

(OPTION 02 ONLY)

*MOUNTING PARTS*

8–21

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Replaceable Electrical Parts

Replaceable Electrical Parts List (Cont.)

Component Tektronix

Serial No. Serial No.

Discont’d

Mfr.

Code

Number

Part Number Effective

Name & Description

Mfr. Part Number

136–1038–00

SOCKET,DIP:PCB;STR,28 POS,2 X 14,0.1X 0.3CTR,0.185 H X

0.130 TAIL,TIN,BD RETENTION,BECU

00779

2–382571–3

*END MOUNTING PARTS*

A1U6

160–8614–00

160–8869–00

160–8869–01

160–8614–01

160–8614–02

160–8614–00

160–8614–01

160–8614–02

160–9757–00

B010100

B010137

B010230

B020295

B020288

B020289

B020295

B020288

B010229

B010136

B010229

B020294

IC,MEMORY:CMOS,EPROM;8K X 8,40NS,REGISTERED

(STANDARD ONLY)

80009

160861400

160886900

160886901

160861401

160861402

160861400

160861401

160861402

160975700

IC,MEMORY:CMOS,PROM;8K X 8,40NS,REGISTERED

(OPTION 1J ONLY)

IC,MEMORY:CMOS,EPROM;32K X 8

(OPTION 1J ONLY)

IC,MEMORY:CMOS,EPROM;8K X 8

(STANDARD AND OPTION 1J ONLY)

IC,MEMORY:CMOS,PROM;32K X 8,40NS,REGISTERED

(STANDARD AND OPTION 1J ONLY)

B020288

B020294

IC,MEMORY:CMOS,EPROM;8K X 8,40NS,REGISTERED

(OPTION 1M ONLY)

IC,MEMORY:CMOS,EPROM;8K X 8

(OPTION 1M ONLY)

IC,MEMORY:CMOS,PROM;32K X 8,40NS,REGISTERED

(OPTION 1M ONLY)

IC,MEMORY:CMOS,PROM;32K X 8,40NS,REGISTERED

(OPTION 02 ONLY)

*MOUNTING PARTS*

136–1038–00

SOCKET,DIP:PCB;STR,28 POS,2 X 14,0.1X 0.3CTR,0.185 H X

0.130 TAIL,TIN,BD RETENTION,BECU

00779

2–382571–3

*END MOUNTING PARTS*

A1U7

A1U8

156–1909–00

156–1702–00

IC,DIGITAL:FTTL,MUX;QUAD 2–TO–1 DATA SELECTOR

01295

34335

SN74F157AN

AM29821PC

B010100

B010230

B010229

IC,DIGITAL:TTL,REGISTER;10–BIT BFRED, NONINV, 3–STATE

(STANDARD ONLY)

A1U8

156–1702–00

156–2063–00

IC,DIGITAL:TTL,REGISTER;10–BIT BFRED, NONINV, 3–STATE

(OPTION 1J ONLY)

34335

01295

AM29821PC

IC,DGTL:ALSTTL,FLIP FLOP;OCTAL NONINV D–TYPE, 3–STATE

(STANDARD AND OPTION 1J ONLY)

SN74ALS374AN

A1U9

156–2289–00

160–8601–00

IC,DIGITAL:ECL,TRANSLATOR;QUAD TTL–TO–ECL

04713

80009

MC10H124P

160860100

A1U10

A1U11

A1U12

B010100

B020245

B020244

IC,DIGITAL:CMOS,PLD;EEPLD,16V8,25NS,90MA

(STANDARD ONLY)

A1U12

160–8601–00

160–8601–01

IC,DIGITAL:CMOS,PLD;EEPLD,16V8,25NS,90MA

(OPTION 1J ONLY)

80009

160860100

160860101

IC,DIGITAL:CMOS,PLD;EEPLD,16V8,25NS,90MA

(STANDARD AND OPTION 1J ONLY)

*MOUNTING PARTS*

136–0752–00

SKT,PL–IN ELEK:MICROCIRCUIT,20 DIP

*END MOUNTING PARTS*

09922

DILB20P–108

A1U13

160–8606–00

160–8870–00

160–8870–01

160–8606–01

B010100

B010137

B010230

B010229

B010136

B010229

B020294

IC,MEMORY:CMOS,EPROM;32K X 8,W/3 STATE OUT

(STANDARD ONLY)

80009

160860600

160887000

160887001

160860601

IC,MEM:CMOS,EPROM;32K X 8 W/3–STATE OUT,27C256–250

(OPTION 1J ONLY)

IC,MEMORY:CMOS,EPROM;32K X 8 WITH 3 STATE OUT

(OPTION 1J ONLY)

IC,MEMORY:CMOS,EPROM;64K X 16

(STANDARD AND OPTION 1J ONLY)

8–22

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Replaceable Electrical Parts

Replaceable Electrical Parts List (Cont.)

Component Tektronix

Serial No. Serial No.

Discont’d

Mfr.

Code

Number

Part Number Effective

Name & Description

Mfr. Part Number

A1U13

160–8606–02

160–8606–00

160–8606–01

160–8606–02

160–9758–00

B020295

IC,MEM:CMOS,EPROM;64K X 16,150NS,OTP,27C210,PLCC44

(STANDARD AND OPTION 1J ONLY)

80009

160860602

A1U13

B020288

B020289

B020295

B020288

B020294

IC,MEMORY:CMOS,EPROM;32K X 8,W/3 STATE OUT

(OPTION 1M ONLY)

80009

160860600

160860601

160860602

160975800

IC,MEMORY:CMOS,EPROM;64K X 16

(OPTION 1M ONLY)

IC,MEM:CMOS,EPROM;64K X 16,150NS,OTP,27C210,PLCC44

(OPTION 1M ONLY)

IC,MEM:CMOS,EPROM,64K X 16,150NS,OTP;27C210,PLCC44

(OPTION 02 ONLY)

*MOUNTING PARTS*

136–0755–00

SKT,DIP:PCB;FEM,STR,2 X 14,28 POS,0.1 X 0.6 CTR,0.175 H

X0.130 TAIL,BECU,TIN,ACCOM 0.008–0.0015 X 0.014–0.022

09922

DILB28P–108

*END MOUNTING PARTS*

A1U14

160–8602–00

B010100

B010229

IC,DIGITAL:CMOS,PLD;OTP,22V10,25NS,33.3MHZ,90MA

(STANDARD ONLY)

80009

160860200

IC,DIGITAL:CMOS,PLD;OTP,22V10,25NS,33.3MHZ,90MA

(OPTION 1J ONLY)

*MOUNTING PARTS*

136–0925–00

B010100

B010229

SKT,DIP:PCB;24 POS,2 X 12,0.1 X 0.3 CTR,0.196 H X 0.130

TAIL,BECU,TIN,ACCOM 0.008–0.015THRU 0.014 X 0.022 LEADS

(STANDARD ONLY)

00779

2–641932–3

SKT,DIP:PCB;24 POS,2 X 12,0.1 X 0.3 CTR,0.196 H X 0.130

TAIL,BECU,TIN,ACCOM 0.008–0.015THRU 0.014 X 0.022 LEADS

(OPTION 1J ONLY)

*END MOUNTING PARTS*

A1U15

160–8603–00

136–0925–00

IC,DIGITAL:CMOS,PLD;OTP,22V10,25NS,33.3MHZ,90MA

*MOUNTING PARTS*

80009

00779

160860300

SOCKET,DIP:PCB;24 POS,2 X 12,0.1 X 0.3 CTR,0.196 H X 0.130

TAIL,BECU,TIN,ACCOM 0.008–0.015THRU 0.014 X 0.022 LEADS

2–641932–3

*END MOUNTING PARTS*

A1U16

160–8607–00

160–8607–01

B010100

B010230

B010229

IC,DIGITAL:CMOS,PLD;OTP,22V10,25NS,33.3MHZ,90MA

(STANDARD ONLY)

80009

160860700

160860701

IC,DIGITAL:CMOS,PLD;OTP,22V10,25NS,33.3MHZ,90MA

(OPTION 1J ONLY)

IC,DIGITAL:CMOS,PLD;OTP,22V10,25NS,33.3MHZ,90MA

(STANDARD AND OPTION 1J ONLY)

*MOUNTING PARTS*

136–0925–00

SOCKET,DIP:PCB;24 POS,2 X 12,0.1 X 0.3 CTR,0.196 H X 0.130

TAIL,BECU,TIN,ACCOM 0.008–0.015THRU 0.014 X 0.022 LEADS

00779

2–641932–3

*END MOUNTING PARTS*

A1U17

160–8604–01

160–9754–00

IC,DIGITAL:CMOS,PLD;EEPLD,16V8,25NS,90MA

(STANDARD ONLY)

80009

160860401

160975400

IC,DIGITAL:CMOS,PLD;EEPLD,16V8,25NS,90MA

(OPTION 02 ONLY)

*MOUNTING PARTS*

136–0752–00

SKT,PL–IN ELEK:MICROCIRCUIT,20 DIP

*END MOUNTING PARTS*

09922

DILB20P–108

A1U18

A1U19

A1U20

156–0470–02

IC,DIGITAL:LSTTL,MUX/ENCODER

01295

SN74LS251N

8–23

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Replaceable Electrical Parts

Replaceable Electrical Parts List (Cont.)

Component Tektronix

Serial No. Serial No.

Discont’d

Mfr.

Code

Number

Part Number Effective

Name & Description

Mfr. Part Number

A1U21

A1U22

A1U23

A1U24

156–0470–02

156–2141–00

160–8615–00

IC,DIGITAL:LSTTL,MUX/ENCODER

01295

80009

SN74LS251N

SN74LS597N

160861500

IC,DIGITAL:LSTTL,SHIFT REGISTER;8–BIT, WITH

B010100

B010113

B010100

B010113

B010230

B010112

B010229

B010112

B010229

IC,DGTL:CMOS,PLD;OPT,DUAL CLK,16MACROCELL,35NS

(STANDARD ONLY)

A1U24

160–8615–01

160–8615–00

160–8615–01

160–8615–02

IC,DIGITAL:CMOS,PLD;OPT,DUAL CLOCK

(STANDARD ONLY)

80009

160861501

160861500

160861501

160861502

IC,DGTL:CMOS,PLD;OPT,DUAL CLK,16MACROCELL,35NS

(OPTION 1J ONLY)

IC,DIGITAL:CMOS,PLD;OPT,DUAL CLOCK

(OPTION 1J ONLY)

IC,DIGITAL:CMOS,PLD;OPT,DUAL CLOCK

(STANDARD AND OPTION 1J ONLY)

*MOUNTING PARTS*

136–0925–00

SOCKET,DIP:PCB;24 POS,2 X 12,0.1 X 0.3 CTR,0.196 H X 0.130

TAIL,BECU,TIN,ACCOM 0.008–0.015THRU 0.014 X 0.022 LEADS

00779

2–641932–3

*END MOUNTING PARTS*

A1U25

160–8609–00

136–0755–00

IC,MEMORY:CMOS,EPROM;16K X 8,150NS,27C128

*MOUNTING PARTS*

80009

09922

160860900

SOCKET,DIP:PCB;FEM,STR,2 X 14,28 POS,0.1 X 0.6 CTR,0.175

H X0.130 TAIL,BECU,TIN,ACCOM 0.008–0.0015 X 0.014–0.022

DILB28P–108

*END MOUNTING PARTS*

A1U26

A1U27

156–1998–00

160–8764–00

IC,DIGITAL:ALSTTL,FLIP FLOP;OCTAL D–TYPE, W/CLEAR

IC,MEMORY:CMOS,PROM;1K X 8,4ONS

*MOUNTING PARTS*

01295

80009

SN74ALS273N

160876400

136–0925–00

SOCKET,DIP:PCB;24 POS,2 X 12,0.1 X 0.3 CTR,0.196 H X 0.130

TAIL,BECU,TIN,ACCOM 0.008–0.015THRU 0.014 X 0.022 LEADS

00779

2–641932–3

*END MOUNTING PARTS*

A1U28

160–8616–00

160–8616–01

160–8616–02

160–8616–00

160–8616–01

160–8616–00

160–8616–01

160–8616–02

160–8616–01

160–8616–02

B010100

B010113

B020301

B010100

B010113

B020288

B020295

B020301

B020288

B020301

B010112

B020300

IC,DGTL:CMOS,PLD;OPT,DUAL CLK,16MACROCELL,35NS

(STANDARD ONLY)

80009

160861600

160861601

160861602

160861600

160861601

160861600

160861601

160861602

160861601

160861602

IC,DIGITAL:CMOS,PLD;OTP,EP610,35NS,37MHZ

(STANDARD ONLY)

IC,DIGITAL:CMOS,PLD;OPT,DUAL CLOCK

(STANDARD ONLY)

B010112

IC,DGTL:CMOS,PLD;OPT,DUAL CLK,16MACROCELL,35NS

(OPTION 1J ONLY)

IC,DIGITAL:CMOS,PLD;OTP,EP610,35NS,37MHZ

(OPTION 1J ONLY)

B020294

B020300

IC,DGTL:CMOS,PLD;OPT,DUAL CLK,16MACROCELL,35NS

(OPTION 1M ONLY)

IC,DIGITAL:CMOS,PLD;OTP,EP610,35NS,37MHZ

(OPTION 1M ONLY)

IC,DIGITAL:CMOS,PLD;OPT,DUAL CLOCK

(OPTION 1M ONLY)

B020300

IC,DIGITAL:CMOS,PLD;OTP,EP610,35NS,37MHZ

(OPTION 02 ONLY)

IC,DIGITAL:CMOS,PLD;OPT,DUAL CLOCK

(OPTION 02 ONLY)

*MOUNTING PARTS*

136–0925–00

SOCKET,DIP:PCB;24 POS,2 X 12,0.1 X 0.3 CTR,0.196 H X 0.130

TAIL,BECU,TIN,ACCOM 0.008–0.015THRU 0.014 X 0.022 LEADS

00779

2–641932–3

8–24

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Replaceable Electrical Parts

Replaceable Electrical Parts List (Cont.)

Component Tektronix

Serial No. Serial No.

Discont’d

Mfr.

Code

Number

Part Number Effective

Name & Description

Mfr. Part Number

*END MOUNTING PARTS*

A1U29

156–6117–00

136–0965–00

156–3715–00

136–0755–00

IC,ASIC:CMOS,CUSTOM;Z80 GENLOCK IC,ADG236

*MOUNTING PARTS*

66302

00779

56708

09922

VF4697QC–CC0001

821573–1

SOCKET,PLCC:PCB;84,0.05 CTR,0.360 H X0.125

*END MOUNTING PARTS*

A1U30

IC,PROCESSOR:CMOS,PERIPHERAL;CNTR/TMRCRT,8MHZ

*MOUNTING PARTS*

Z84C3008PEC

DILB28P–108

SOCKET,DIP:PCB;FEM,STR,2 X 14,28 POS,0.1 X 0.6 CTR,0.175

H X0.130 TAIL,BECU,TIN,ACCOM 0.008–0.0015 X 0.014–0.022

*END MOUNTING PARTS*

A1U31

A1U32

156–3050–00

160–8610–00

160–8610–01

160–8610–03

160–8610–05

160–9525–00

160–8610–02

160–8610–03

160–8610–05

IC,MISC:CMOS,PWR SUPPLY SUPERVISOR;MPU RESET

GENERATOR,5V SUPPLY SENSING,MPU WATCHDOG TIMER

0B0A9 DS1232

B010100

B010230

B020289

B020301

B020288

B020289

B020301

B010229

B020288

B020300

IC,MEMORY:CMOS,EPROM;16K X 8,120NS,27C512

(STANDARD ONLY)

80009

160861000

IC,MEMORY:CMOS,EPROM;16K X 8,120NS,27C512

(OPTION 1J ONLY)

160861000

160861001

160861003

160861005

160952500

160861002

160861003

160861005

IC,MEMORY:CMOS,EPROM;16K X 8

(STANDARD AND OPTION 1J ONLY)

IC,MEMORY:CMOS,EPROM;32K X 8,120NS

(STANDARD AND OPTION 1J ONLY)

IC,MEMORY:CMOS,EPROM;32K X 8,120NS

(STANDARD AND OPTION 1J ONLY)

IC,MEM:CMOS.EPROM;64 X 8,120NS,27C256–120,DIP28.6

(OPTION 1M ONLY)

B020288

B020300

IC,MEMORY:CMOS,EPROM;32K X 8,120NS

(OPTION 02 ONLY)

IC,MEMORY:CMOS,EPROM;32K X 8,120NS

(OPTION 02 ONLY)

IC,MEMORY:CMOS,EPROM;32K X 8,120NS

(OPTION 02 ONLY)

*MOUNTING PARTS*

136–0755–00

SOCKET,DIP:PCB;FEM,STR,2 X 14,28 POS,0.1 X 0.6 CTR,0.175

H X0.130 TAIL,BECU,TIN,ACCOM 0.008–0.0015 X 0.014–0.022

09922

DILB28P–108

*END MOUNTING PARTS*

A1U33

160–8611–00

136–0755–00

IC,MEMORY:CMOS,EPROM;64K X 8,150NS,27C512

*MOUNTING PARTS*

80009

09922

160861100

SOCKET,DIP:PCB;FEM,STR,2 X 14,28 POS,0.1 X 0.6 CTR,0.175

H X0.130 TAIL,BECU,TIN,ACCOM 0.008–0.0015 X 0.014–0.022

DILB28P–108

*END MOUNTING PARTS*

A1U34

A1U35

156–1998–00

156–3728–00

IC,DIGITAL:ALSTTL,FLIP FLOP;OCTAL D–TYPE, W/CLEAR

IC,PROCESSOR:CMOS,MICROPROCESSOR;8–BIT,8MHZ

*MOUNTING PARTS*

01295

56708

SN74ALS273N

Z84C0008PEC

136–0757–00

SOCKET,DIP:PCB;FEM,STR,2 X 20,40 POS,0.1 X 0.6 CTR,0.175

H X0.130 TAIL,BECU,TIN,ACCOM 0.008–0.015 X 0.014–0.022 IC

09922

DILB40P–108

*END MOUNTING PARTS*

A1U36

A1U37

A1U38

156–1754–02

156–1998–00

IC,DIGITAL:ALSTTL,BFR/DRVR;OCTALNONINV, HIGH DRV

IC,DIGITAL:ALSTTL,FLIP FLOP;OCTAL D–TYPE, W/CLEAR

*MOUNTING PARTS*

01295

SN74ALS244A–1N

SN74ALS273N

136–0752–00

SKT,PL–IN ELEK:MICROCIRCUIT,20 DIP

09922

DILB20P–108

8–25

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Replaceable Electrical Parts

Replaceable Electrical Parts List (Cont.)

Component Tektronix

Serial No. Serial No.

Discont’d

Mfr.

Code

Number

Part Number Effective

Name & Description

Mfr. Part Number

*END MOUNTING PARTS*

A1U40

A1U41

156–1998–00

160–8608–00

B010100

B010229

IC,DIGITAL:ALSTTL,FLIP FLOP;OCTAL D–TYPE, W/CLEAR

(STANDARD ONLY)

01295

80009

SN74ALS273N

160860800

IC,DIGITAL:ALSTTL,FLIP FLOP;OCTAL D–TYPE, W/CLEAR

(OPTION 1J ONLY)

IC,DIGITAL:CMOS,PLD;OPT,22V10,25NS,33.3MHZ,90MA

*MOUNTING PARTS*

136–0925–00

156–4150–00

SOCKET,DIP:PCB;24 POS,2 X 12,0.1 X 0.3 CTR,0.196 H X 0.130

TAIL,BECU,TIN,ACCOM 0.008–0.015THRU 0.014 X 0.022 LEADS

00779

64762

09922

2–641932–3

EL2090CN

*END MOUNTING PARTS*

A1U42

A1U43

IC,LINEAR:BIPOLAR,AMPLIFIER;100MHZ,CURRENT

FEEDBACK,SAMPLE/HOLD,VIDEO DC RESTORATION

*MOUNTING PARTS*

136–0728–00

156–4197–00

SKT,PL–IN ELEK:MICROCKT,14 CONTACT

*END MOUNTING PARTS*

DILB14P–108

IC,MISC:BIPOLAR,VIDEO SUBSYSTEM;ANALOG INTFC WITH

8–BIT,30MSPS A/D

1CH66 TDA8708N

*MOUNTING PARTS*

136–0755–00

156–3131–00

SOCKET,DIP:PCB;FEM,STR,2 X 14,28 POS,0.1 X 0.6 CTR,0.175

H X0.130 TAIL,BECU,TIN,ACCOM 0.008–0.0015 X 0.014–0.022

09922

DILB28P–108

*END MOUNTING PARTS*

A1U44

IC,MISC:BIPOLAR,VIDEO SUBSYSTEM;HORIZ SYNC

PROCESSOR

1CH66 TDA2595N

A1U46

A1U47

A1U48

A1U50

A1U51

A1U52

A1U53

A1U54

A1U55

A1U56

A1U57

A1U59

A1U60

A1U61

A1U62

A1U63

A1U64

156–1191–01

156–1226–01

156–2093–00

156–0853–00

156–1173–00

156–0277–00

156–0846–00

156–0316–04

156–1640–00

156–0158–07

156–1707–00

156–1367–00

156–1850–00

156–0158–07

156–0316–04

156–1640–00

234–0428–20

IC,LINEAR:BIFET,OP–AMP;6MV VOS

01295

TL072ACP

IC,LINEAR:BIPOLAR,COMPARATOR

1CH66 LM319N

IC,DIGITAL:ALSTTL,GATE;QUAD 2–INPUT OR

IC,LINEAR:BIPOLAR,OP–AMP;DUAL,SINGLESUPPLY

IC,LINEAR:BIPOLAR,V REF;POS,2.5V,1.0%,40PPM,SERIES

IC,LINEAR:BIPOLAR,VR;POSITIVE,5.0V,1.0A,4%

IC,LINEAR:BIPOLAR,VR;NEGATIVE,–5.0V,1.0A,4.0%

IC,DIGITAL:ECL,TRANSLATOR;QUAD ECL TOTTL

IC,DIGITAL:ECL,RECEIVER;TRIPLE LINE

IC,LINEAR:BIPOLAR,OP–AMP

01295

04713

01295

27014

04713

01295

04713

24355

17856

01295

04713

SN74ALS32N

LM358P

MC1403U

UA7805CKC

LM7905CT

MC10125P

MC10H116P

MC1458P

MC74F00N

AD7524JN

DG211CJ

IC,DIGITAL:FTTL,GATE;QUAD 2–INPUT NAND

IC,CONV:CMOS,D/A;8 BIT,400NS,CUR OUT,MPU COMPATIBLE

IC,MISC:CMOS,ANALOG SWITCH;QUAD

IC,LINEAR:BIPOLAR,OP–AMP

MC1458P

MC10125P

MC10H116P

IC,DIGITAL:ECL,TRANSLATOR;QUAD ECL TOTTL

IC,DIGITAL:ECL,RECEIVER;TRIPLE LINE

QUICK CHIP:VIDEO CHANNEL SWITCH,PKG

*MOUNTING PARTS*

TK2598 234042820

09922 DILB20P–108

TK2598 155031602

136–0752–00

155–0316–02

136–0871–00

SKT,PL–IN ELEK:MICROCIRCUIT,20 DIP

*END MOUNTING PARTS*

A1U65

IC,ASIC:BIPOLAR,12 BIT D/A CONV;FULL CUSTOM,M460

*MOUNTING PARTS*

SOCKET,PLCC:PCB;68 POS,0.05 CTR,0.360H X0.125

TAIL,TIN,0.1 CTRPCB,0.060 SHOULDER HEIGHT

00779

64762

3–821574–1

EL2090CN

*END MOUNTING PARTS*

A1U67

156–4150–00

IC,LINEAR:BIPOLAR,AMPLIFIER;100MHZ,CURRENT

FEEDBACK,SAMPLE/HOLD,VIDEO DC RESTORATION

8–26

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Replaceable Electrical Parts

Replaceable Electrical Parts List (Cont.)

Component Tektronix

Serial No. Serial No.

Discont’d

Mfr.

Code

Number

Part Number Effective

Name & Description

Mfr. Part Number

*MOUNTING PARTS*

136–0728–00

SKT,PL–IN ELEK:MICROCKT,14 CONTACT

*END MOUNTING PARTS*

09922

DILB14P–108

A1U70

160–8605–00

160–8605–01

B010100

B010230

B010229

IC,DIGITAL:CMOS,PLD;OTP,22V10,25NS,33.3MHZ,90MA

(STANDARD ONLY)

80009

160860500

160860501

IC,DIGITAL:CMOS,PLD;OTP,22V10,25NS,33.3MHZ,90MA

(OPTION 1J ONLY)

IC,DIGITAL:CMOS,PLD;OTP,22V10,25NS,33.3MHZ,90MA

(STANDARD OPTION 1J ONLY)

*MOUNTING PARTS*

136–0925–00

SOCKET,DIP:PCB;24 POS,2 X 12,0.1 X 0.3 CTR,0.196 H X 0.130

TAIL,BECU,TIN,ACCOM 0.008–0.015THRU 0.014 X 0.022 LEADS

00779

2–641932–3

*END MOUNTING PARTS*

A1U71

A1U72

A1U73

156–1335–00

156–2558–00

156–2559–00

IC,DGTL:LSTTL,MULTIVIBRATOR;DUAL RETRIGMONOSTABLE

IC,LINEAR:BIPOLAR,VR;POSITIVE,12V,1.5A,2%

IC,LINEAR:BIPOLAR,VR;NEGATIVE,–12V,1.5A,2%

*ATTACHED PARTS*

27014

01295

48726

DM96LS02N

TL780–12CKC

UC7912ACT

210–0586–00

210–1178–00

211–0097–00

214–3478–00

342–0563–00

NUT,PL,ASSEM WA:4–40 X 0.25,STL CD PL

WASHER,SHLDR:U/W TO–220 XSTR

TK0435 ORDER BY DESC

13103 7721–7PPS

TK0435 ORDER BY DESC

SCREW,MACHINE:4–40 X 0.312,PNH,STL

HEAT SINK,SEMIC:XSTR,TO–202;HORZ/VERT

INSULATOR,PLATE:XSTR,FBRGL REINFORCED SILICON RBR

*END ATTACHED PARTS*

13103

18565

6278B

69–11–8805–1674

A1U74

A1U75

A1U76

A1U78

156–1631–00

156–0885–00

156–1225–01

156–2524–00

IC,LINEAR:BIPOLAR,VR;SHUNT,ADJUSTABLE,100MA

CPLR,OPTOELECTR:LED,5KV ISOLATION

IC,LINEAR:BIPOLAR,COMPARATOR

01295

TL431CLP

0MS63 H11AX861

01295

48726

LM393P

IC,LINEAR:BIPOLAR,SW–RGLTR CONT;PWM,CUR MODE,SGL

TOTEM POLE OUT

UC3842N

A1U80

160–8762–00

136–0752–00

IC,DIGITAL:CMOS,PLD;EEPLD,16V8,25NS,90MA

*MOUNTING PARTS*

80009

09922

160876200

SKT,PL–IN ELEK:MICROCIRCUIT,20 DIP

*END MOUNTING PARTS*

DILB20P–108

A1U81

A1U82

A1U83

A1U84

A1U85

156–1639–00

156–1909–00

156–1338–01

156–2558–00

IC,DIGITAL:ECL,FLIP FLOP;DUAL D–TYPE MASTER–SLAVE

IC,DIGITAL:FTTL,MUX;QUAD 2–TO–1 DATA SELECTOR

IC,LIN:BIPOLAR,OP–AMP;HIGH OUT DRV,MAX NOISE SPECS

IC,LINEAR:BIPOLAR,VR;POSITIVE,12V,1.5A,2%

*ATTACHED PARTS*

04713

01295

MC10H131P

SN74F157AN

NE5534AP

TL780–12CKC

210–0586–00

210–1178–00

211–0097–00

342–0563–00

NUT,PL,ASSEM WA:4–40 X 0.25,STL CD PL

WASHER,SHLDR:U/W TO–220 XSTR

TK0435 ORDER BY DESC

13103 7721–7PPS

TK0435 ORDER BY DESC

SCREW,MACHINE:4–40 X 0.312,PNH,STL

INSULATOR,PLATE:XSTR,FBRGL REINFORCED SILICON RBR

*END ATTACHED PARTS*

18565

69–11–8805–1674

A1U86

A1U87

156–2063–00

160–9406–00

B010230

IC,DGTL:ALSTTL,FLIP FLOP;OCTAL NONINV D–TYPE, 3–STATE

(STANDARD AND OPTION 1J ONLY)

01295

80009

SN74ALS374AN

160940600

IC,DIGITAL:CMOS,PLD;OTP,22V10,25NS,33.3MHZ,90MA

(STANDARD AND OPTION 1J ONLY)

*MOUNTING PARTS*

8–27

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Replaceable Electrical Parts

Replaceable Electrical Parts List (Cont.)

Component Tektronix

Serial No. Serial No.

Discont’d

Mfr.

Code

Number

Part Number Effective

Name & Description

Mfr. Part Number

136–0925–00

B010230

SOCKET,DIP:PCB;24 POS,2 X 12,0.1 X 0.3 CTR,0.196 H X 0.130

TAIL,BECU,TIN,ACCOM 0.008–0.015THRU 0.014 X 0.022 LEADS

(STANDARD AND OPTION 1J ONLY)

00779

2–641932–3

*END MOUNTING PARTS*

DIODE,ZENER:6.2V,2%,0.4W

DIODE,ZENER:2.4V,5%,0.4W

A1VR1

A1VR2

A1VR3

A1VR4

152–0760–00

152–0688–00

152–0662–00

04713

SZG30205

1N4370A

B010100

B010230

B010100

B010229

DIODE,ZENER:5V,1%,0.4W

(STANDARD ONLY)

SZG195RL

A1VR4

A1W1

A1Y39

152–0662–00

152–0279–00

131–4566–00

158–0391–00

DIODE,ZENER:5V,1%,0.4W

(OPTION 1J ONLY)

04713

91637

61429

SZG195RL

1N751ARL

FRJ–50

DIODE,ZENER:5.1V,5%,0.4W

(STANDARD AND OPTION 1J ONLY)

B010229

BUS,CNDCT:0 OHM,300 SPACING,SM BODYMI,DUM RES

(STANDARD ONLY)

BUS,CNDCT:0 OHM,300 SPACING,SM BODYMI,DUM RES

(OPTION 1J ONLY)

FRJ–50

OSC,XTAL CLOCK:8.0 MHZ,+/–0.01% HCMOS,CL 15PF,4 PIN 14

PIN COMPATIBLE PKG

F5C–8.0 MHZ

A1A1

119–4328–00

119–4328–01

119–4328–02

B010100

B010196

B020323

B010195

B020322

OVEN ASSEMBLY:VITS100/200,28MHZ

*ATTACHED PARTS*

80009

119432800

119432801

119432802

162–0581–00

342–0991–00

INSUL SLVG,ELEC:0.027 ID,PTFE,CLEAR

(QUANTITY 0.0420 FT)

TK0977 PER TEK DOCU-

MEN

B020323

INSULATOR:

55285

342–0991–00

*END ATTACHED PARTS*

A1A1C6

A1A1C8

A1A1C15

A1A1C16

A1A1C17

A1A1C18

A1A1C19

A1A1P33

283–5025–00

283–5001–00

283–5238–00

283–5008–00

283–5163–00

283–5004–00

281–0165–00

131–2002–00

B010100

B010196

B010195

CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;220PF,5%,50V,NPO,1206

CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;100PF,5%,50V,NPO,1206

CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;150PF,5%,100V,NPO,1206

CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;12PF,5%,50V,NPO,1206

CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;36PF,1%,100V,NPO,0.08X0.05

CAP,FXD,CER:MLC;0.1UF,10%,25V,X7R,1206

CAP,VAR,AIR DI:0.8–10PF,250V

TK2058 C3216COG1H221J–

TK2058 C3216C0G1H101J–

04222

TK2058 C3216C0G1H120J–

04222 08051A360FAT2A

12061A151JAT1A

TK2058 C3216X7R1E104K–

91293

22526

5201/3469

65001–110

CONN,BOX:PCB;FEM,RTANG,1 X 5,0.1 CTR,0.14 X 0.115 TAIL,2

X5 PCB,0.31 X 0.1 CTR PTH,40 GLD,SIDE ENTRY,DAP

A1A1Q10

A1A1R1

A1A1R3

A1A1R4

A1A1R5

A1A1R9

A1A1RT11

A1A1Y1

151–5035–00

321–5043–00

307–1161–00

321–5280–00

321–5007–00

321–5012–00

307–0181–01

–––––––––––

XSTR,SIG:BIPOLAR,NPN;25V,30MA,650MHZ,AMPLIFIER

RES,FXD:THICK FILM;47.5 OHM,1%,0.125W,TC=100 PPM

RES,FXD,FILM:1M OHM,5%,0.062W,0805,8MMTAPED

RES,FXD:THICK FILM;20K OHM,1%,0.125W,TC=100

RES,FXD:THICK FILM;121 OHM,1%,0.125W,TC=100

RES,FXD:THICK FILM;332 OHM,1%,0.125W,TC=100

RES,THERMAL:20K OHM,5%,AT 60 DEG C

04713

57668

50139

91637

50139

91637

MMBTH10LT1

MCR18FWEA47E5

ACD1004JT

CRCW1206–2002FT

BCK1210FT

B010100

B010196

B010195

BCK3320FT

C771

XTAL,UNIT,QTZ:28.636360 MHZ,5 PPM,PARALLEL,CL 32PF,2 MW

DRV LEVEL;HC–43U

(REPLACEABLE AT A1A1 ONLY)

8–28

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Diagrams

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

A1 VITS Inserter Board (671-2132-05 & Up)

COMPONENT NUMBER EXAMPLE

Component Number

A23 A2 R1234

Assembly

Number

Circuit

Number

Subassembly

Number (if used)

ChassisĆmounted components have no Assembly Number

prefixĊsee end of Replaceable Electrical Parts List.

Figure 9–1: A1 VITS Inserter Board (671–2132–05 & Up)

STATIC

SENSITIVE

DEVICES

9–1

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Table 9–1: A1 Component Locator 671–2132–05 & Up

CIRCUIT

NUMBER

SCHEM

NUMBER

SCHEM

LOCATION

BOARD

NUMBER

BOARD

LOCATION

CIRCUIT

NUMBER

SCHEM

NUMBER

SCHEM

LOCATION

BOARD

NUMBER

BOARD

LOCATION

CIRCUIT

NUMBER

SCHEM

NUMBER

SCHEM

LOCATION

BOARD

NUMBER

BOARD

LOCATION

CIRCUIT

NUMBER

SCHEM

NUMBER

SCHEM

LOCATION

BOARD

NUMBER

BOARD

LOCATION

CIRCUIT

NUMBER

SCHEM

NUMBER

SCHEM

LOCATION

BOARD

NUMBER

BOARD

LOCATION

C84

C85

C86

C87

C88

C89

C91

C92

C94

C95

C96

C97

C98

C99

C157

C158

C159

C160

C161

C162

C163

C164

C165

C167

C168

C169

C170

C171

C172

C173

C174

C175

C176

C177

C178

C179

C180

C181

C182

C183

C184

C185

C500

C501

C503

C504

C505

C506

C507

C508

C510

C511

C512

DS4

P28

P32

P33

P34

P35

P36

P37

P38

P39

P55

P56

P57

C10

C11

C12

C13

C14

C16

C17

C18

C19

C20

C21

C22

C23

C24

C25

C26

C27

C28

C29

C30

C33

C34

C36

C37

C38

C39

C40

C41

C42

C43

C46

C51

C52

C53

C54

C55

C56

C57

C58

C59

C60

C61

C65

C66

C67

C68

C69

C70

C71

C72

C73

C74

C75

C76

C77

C78

C79

C83

J10

J11

J12

J13

J14

J15

J17

J18

J19

J20

J21

J22

J27

J28

J32

J33

J50

J51

J52

J53

J54

J55

J56

J57

C100

C101

C102

C103

C104

C105

C106

C107

C108

C109

C110

C111

C112

C113

C114

C115

C116

C117

C118

C119

C120

C121

C122

C123

C124

C125

C126

C128

C129

C130

C131

C132

C133

C134

C135

C136

C137

C139

C140

C141

C142

C143

C144

C145

C146

C147

C148

C149

C150

C152

C153

C154

C156

Q11

Q12

Q13

Q14

Q15

Q16

Q17

Q18

Q180

L12

L13

L14

L15

L16

L17

L18

L19

L20

L21

R10

R11

R12

R13A

R13B

R13C

R13D

R13E

R13F

R13G

R13H

R13I

R14

R18

R19

R20

R21

R22

R23

R24

R25

R26

R27

R28

R29

R30

CR5

CR7

CR8

CR9

CR10

CR11

CR12

CR13

CR14

CR15

CR16

CR17

CR18

CR19

CR20

CR21

CR22

CR24

CR25

CR26

CR27

CR28

CR29

LF1

P12

P13

P17

P18

P19

P20

P22

DS1

DS2

DS3

9–2

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Table 9–1: A1 Component Locator (continued)

CIRCUIT

NUMBER

SCHEM

NUMBER

SCHEM

LOCATION

BOARD

NUMBER

BOARD

LOCATION

CIRCUIT

NUMBER

SCHEM

NUMBER

SCHEM

LOCATION

BOARD

NUMBER

BOARD

LOCATION

CIRCUIT

NUMBER

SCHEM

NUMBER

SCHEM

LOCATION

BOARD

NUMBER

BOARD

LOCATION

CIRCUIT

NUMBER

SCHEM

NUMBER

SCHEM

LOCATION

BOARD

NUMBER

BOARD

LOCATION

CIRCUIT

NUMBER

SCHEM

NUMBER

SCHEM

LOCATION

BOARD

NUMBER

BOARD

LOCATION

R31

R32

R33

R34

R35

R36

R37

R38

R39

R40

R41

R42

R43

R44

R45

R46

R47

R48

R49

R50

R51

R52

R53

R54

R55

R56

R57

R58

R59

R60

R61

R62

R63

R64

R65

R66

R67

R68

R69

R70

R71

R72

R73

R74

R76

R77

R78

R79

R80

R81

R82

R83

R86

R87

R88

R89

R90

R91

R92

R98

R99

R100

R101

R102

R103

R104

R105

R106

R108

R109

R110

R111

R112

R113

R114

R115

R116

R117

R118

R119

R120

R121

R122

R123

R124

R125

R126

R127

R130

R132

R133

R134

R135

R137

R138

R141

R142

R143

R144

R145

R146

R147

R149

R150

R151

R152

R153

R154

R155

R156

R157

R158

R159

R160

R161

R162

R163

R164

R165

R166

R167

R168

R169

R170

R171

R172

R173

R174

R175

R177

R178

R179A

R179B

R179C

R179D

R179E

R179F

R179G

R179H

R179I

R180

R184

R185

R190

R191

R192

R206

R207

R208

R209

R210

R211

R212

R213

R214

R216

R217

R218

R219

R220

R221

R222

R223

R224

R225

R226

R227

R228

R229

R230

R231

R500

R501

R502

R503

R504

R506

S9B

S10A

S10B

U37

U38

U41

U42

U43

U44

U46A

U47A

U47B

U48A

U50A

U50B

U51

U52

U53

U54

U55A

U55B

U55C

U56A

U56B

U57A

U57B

U57C

U57D

U59

U60

U61A

U62

U63A

U63B

U63C

U64

U65

U67

U70

U71A

U71B

U72

U73

U74

TP1

TP2

TP3

TP4

TP5

TP6

TP7

TP8

TP9

TP10

TP11

U10

U11

U12

U13

U15

U16

U17

U18

U19

U20

U21

U22

U23

U24

U25

U26

U27

U28

U29

U30

U31

U32

U33

U34

U35

U36

U75

U76A

U76B

U78

U80

U81A

U82

U83

U84

U85

U86

U87

VR1

VR2

VR3

VR4

RT1

RV1

Y39

9–3

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

COMPONENT NUMBER EXAMPLE

Component Number

A23 A2 R1234

Assembly

Number

Circuit

Number

Subassembly

Number (if used)

ChassisĆmounted components have no Assembly Number

prefixĊsee end of Replaceable Electrical Parts List.

STATIC

SENSITIVE

DEVICES

Figure 9–2: A1A1 Oven Board

Table 9–2: A1A1 Component Locator

9–4

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

U27-17

BLKCLK

U28

H[0..9]

74F374

74F157

74ALS374

CY7C277-40

ETSD[0..11]

U65

TSD0

TSD1

TSD2

TSD3

CLK

U11

10H124

U13

27C1024

BL0

BL1

BL2

BL3

BL4

BL5

BL6

BL7

LBL0

LBL1

LBL2

LBL3

LBL4

LBL5

LBL6

LBL7

LBL0

LBL1

LBL2

LBL3

LBL4

LBL5

LBL6

LBL7

LBL8

LBL9

LBL10

LBL11

TSD0

TSD1

TSD2

TSD3

ETSD0

ETSD1

ETSD2

ETSD3

DQ0

DQ1

DQ2

DQ3

DQ4

DQ5

DQ6

DQ7

DQ8

DQ9

DQ10

DQ11

DQ12

DQ13

DQ14

DQ15

FLPCLK

CLK

A/B

HALFLINE

A10

A11

A12

A13

A14

U26-15

U24-19

BL8

BL9

+5V

LTS0

LTS1

LTS2

LTS3

LTS4

LTS5

U86

74ALS374

VCC

GND

VEE

+5V

-5V

BL10

BL11

BL12

BL13

BL14

BL15

A10

A11

A12

A13

A14

A15

LBL8

LBL9

LBL10

LBL11

J54

ALE

E/ES

+5V

P39

VCC

VPP

GND

+5V

CLK

+5V

PGM

U10

10H124

J54

MEMORY BANK SELECT

TSD4

TSD5

TSD6

TSD7

ETSD4

ETSD5

ETSD6

ETSD7

1-2

2-3

STANDARD & 1C OPTIONS

1J OPTION SIGNALS

CHARACTER

SET UP CONTROL

J33

CLKA

WITH SET UP

STANDARD & 1C OPT.

1-2

U54-12

U57C

WITH OUT SET UP

1J OPT.

74F00

2-3

TS/CHAR

CHAR/TS

8FSC

+5V

VCC

GND

VEE

+5V

-5V

P33

8FSC

U62-4

6 7 8

J33

-5V

+5V

510

IDEN

TS/CHAR

10H124

U15

PAL22V10

U12

GAL16V8-M

TSD8

ETSD8

ETSD9

I1/CLK

TSD9

CHARDATA

CURSOR

I0/CLK

J4-33

J4-34

STATE0

STATE1

STATE2

STATE3

I10

I11

I12

IO1

IO2

IO3

IO4

IO5

IO6

IO7

IO8

IO9

IO10

TSD4

TSD5

TSD6

TSD7

TSD8

TSD9

TSD10

TSD11

TSD10

TSD11

ETSD10

ETSD11

(CHARPRES)

J4-32

AD9

AD10

AD11

+5V

VCC

GND

VEE

+5V

-5V

U23-9

U27-13

IDCLOCK

I9/OE

FPTS[0..7]

U18

-5V

J4-31

510

SW0

SW1

U64-11

U64-10

DATACOMP

2.7k

DVDRIVE

GLSEL1

U28-11

J4-11

(QINHIBIT)

U70-16

U16

PAL22V10

VLATCH

U27-16

I1/CLK

(RESYNC)

J4-14

FPTS0

FPTS1

FPTS2

FPTS3

J2-4

LTS0

LTS1

LTS2

LTS3

LTS4

LTS5

IDEN

IO1

IO2

IO3

IO4

IO5

IO6

IO7

IO8

IO9

IO10

CCVIRS

U87

PAL22V10

I1/CLK

FPTS7

VDRIVE

VL2

2K/4K

I10

I11

I12

I10

I11

I12

IO1

VL2

IO2

IO3

IO4

IO5

IO6

IO7

IO8

IO9

U26-6

U82

74F157

CY7C277-40

(BLANK)

AD4

BBSTBY

CHSWT

SYNCTIME

U70-23

U27-11

U27-15

AD5

AD6

AD7

AD8

AD9

AD10

AD11

J55

FPTS5

FPTS4

FPTS6

74F374

LBL0

LBL1

LBL2

LBL3

LBL4

LBL5

LBL6

LBL7

LBL8

LBL9

LBL10

LBL11

P55

IO10

BD4

BD5

TSD4

TSD5

TSD6

TSD7

TSD8

TSD9

TSD10

TSD11

VDRIVE

U26-19

J56

A/B

MONOCHR

U38-12

A10

A11

A12

A13

A14

J55

1-2

2-3

VDRIVE

VITS 200

VITS 100

P56

8FSC

CHAR/TS

VSYNC

CLK

U26-12

J56

1-2

2-3

VSYNC

VITS 200

VITS 100

ALE

E/ES

CLKA

J57

P57

J57

1-2

2-3

BLANKING

VITS 200

VITS 100

(BLANK)

U26-16

U83

74F157

CY7C277-40

U17

GAL16V8-M

+5V

BD6

BD7

BD8

BD9

BD10

BD11

LBL0

LBL1

LBL2

LBL3

LBL4

LBL5

LBL6

LBL7

LBL8

LBL9

LBL10

LBL11

U28-23

I0/CLK

C133

0.1uF

C142

0.1uF

C143

0.1uF

C144

0.1uF

C148

0.1uF

C154

0.1uF

FPTS0

FPTS1

FPTS2

FPTS3

DVSYNC

DVDRIVE

CHSWT

CCVIRS

FLPCLK

U54-5

A/B

A10

A11

A12

A13

A14

2K/4K

CCPRES

U71A-6

J4-30

U41-11

U71B-9

U48A-1

I9/OE

CCLINE

NOTE:

NOT USED ON VITS 100

VIRSPRES

SEE PARTS LIST FOR EARLIER VALUES

AND SERIAL NUMBER RANGES.

ALE

E/ES

CLKA

(VIRSAMP)

671-2132-05 & UP

P/O A1 INSERTER BOARD

REV MAY 1993

TEST SIGNAL MEMORY

9–5

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

9–6

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

1L[0..3]

2L[0..3]

3L[0..3]

4L[0..3]

5L[0..3]

6L[0..3]

7L[0..3]

8L[0..3]

10k

FPTS[0..7]

U16

TEST SIGNAL SELECT

+5V

U18

74LS251

1L0

1L1

1L2

1L3

2L0

2L1

2L2

2L3

1L0

2L0

3L0

4L0

5L0

6L0

7L0

8L0

FPTS0

VL0

VL1

FLD

U26-2

U26-5

U24-7

VL0

VL1

FLD

(2K/4K)

U70-19

(2K/4K)

10k

+5V

7 8 9

U19

74LS251

3L0

3L1

3L2

3L3

4L0

4L1

4L2

4L3

1L1

2L1

3L1

4L1

5L1

6L1

7L1

8L1

FPTS1

VL0

VL1

FLD

(2K/4K)

10k

+5V

7 8 9

U20

74LS251

5L0

5L1

5L2

5L3

6L0

6L1

6L2

6L3

1L2

2L2

3L2

4L2

5L2

6L2

7L2

8L2

FPTS2

VL0

VL1

FLD

(2K/4K)

10k

+5V

U21

74LS251

7L0

7L1

7L2

7L3

8L0

8L1

8L2

8L3

1L3

2L3

3L3

4L3

5L3

6L3

7L3

8L3

FPTS3

VL0

VL1

FLD

(2K/4K)

P/O A1 INSERTER BOARD

REV NOV 1992

TEST SIGNAL SELECT

9–7

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

9–8

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

H[0..9]

U13

U28

EP610

(FRAME)

U29-11

U87-19

U17-18

DVDRIVE

DVSYNC

CLAMP

(SYNCT)

AIO0

AIO1

AIO2

AIO3

AIO4

AIO5

AIO6

AIO7

BIO0

BIO1

BIO2

BIO3

BIO4

BIO5

BIO6

BIO7

CLAMP

U67-7

U27

7C235

SYNCTIP

CHSWT

U43-27

CHSWT

U87-10

ACLK

BCLK

IDCLOCK

SYNCTIME

VLATCH

U15-11

U87-11

U16-1

U8-11

IDCLOCK

SYNCTIME

VLATCH

BLKCLK

U57D

74F00

+5V

INIT

CLKB

U54-4

LOCKED

U38-6

FLD

FRM

FLD

NOT USED

U18-9

U24

EP610

LOCKED

R13I

2.7k

(FRAME)

U13-25

AIO0

AIO1

AIO2

AIO3

AIO4

AIO5

AIO6

AIO7

BIO0

BIO1

BIO2

BIO3

BIO4

BIO5

BIO6

BIO7

V11

GLSEL1

FPSTANDBY

BPCONTROL

(RESYNC)

(BYPASS)

FPSTANDBY

BPCONTROL

V12

V10

(BYPASS)

+5V

U62-12

PROGPRES

U16

CLKB

ACLK

BCLK

V10

V11

V12

R14

2.74k

CLKC

FPTS[0..7]

FLD

CLKC

FRM

VL0

VL1

VL2

U25

U26

74ALS273

FPTS0

FPTS1

FPTS2

FPTS3

FPTS4

FPTS5

FPTS6

FPTS7

2K/4K

DATACOMP

(CHARPRES)

CHARDATA

CURSOR

27C128

+5V

V10

V11

VL0

VL1

VL2

VL3

R13D

2.7k

R13E

2.7k

R13F

2.7k

R10

2.74k

R13A

2.7k

J22

VL3

VSYNC

(SYNCT)

VDRIVE

(BLANK)

VSYNC

P22

(BLANK)

VDRIVE

U17-8

U15-19

U15-6

U15-2

U15-3

2K/4K

DATACOMP

(CHARPRES)

CHARDATA

CURSOR

VLATCH

(INHIBIT)

CLAMP

CHSWT

CLAPBRD

CLK

CLR

A10

A11

A12

A13

U38-9

LINEMODE

2K/4K

CLAPBRD

R50

J22

LINE SELECT MODE

CCVIRS

PGM

U87-16

PROGPRES

1 - 2 FRONT PANEL SELECTION ENABLED

2 - 3 VITS ON LINES 10 THROUGH 21

NO PLUG VITS ON LINES 17 THROUGH 30

VPP

VL0

VL1

U18-11

U18-10

+5V

U16-11

J56-3

J57-3

U16-10

U13-31

+12V

-12V

VL2

VSYNC

(BLANK)

VDRIVE

HALFLINE

+5V

CR27

R13B

2.7k

U87-14

U43-15

R12

2.7k

DIP1

DIP2

DIP3

DIP4

DIP5

DIP6

+5V

GLSEL1

+5V

U87-9

U54-12

-5V

BBSTBY

U29-18

CLKA

+10V

-10V

DIP1

DIP2

DIP3

DIP4

DIP5

DIP6

DIP7

DIP8

CSYNC_IN

U70

PAL22V10

U57A-3

+5V

R106

CR28

U15-10

PROGSYNC

SYNC1

I1/CLK

(BYPASS)

DIP7

DIP8

DIP9

DIP10

DIP11

DIP12

I10

I11

I12

IO1

IO2

IO3

IO4

IO5

IO6

IO7

IO8

IO9

IO10

(INHIBIT)

BACKPORCH

U43-26

U22

74LS597

PROGPRES

GLSEL1

2K/4K

BYPASS

+5R

-5R

(2K/4K)

U18-7

SER

DIP15

DIP14

DIP13

DIP12

DIP11

DIP10

DIP9

PORCH1

LOCKED

(QINHIBIT)

U87-15

(LOCKED)

PROGPORCH

U57B-6

+5V

DIP8

CR29

QH'

+5V

DIP13

DIP14

DIP15

DIP16

SRCLR

SRLOAD

SRCLK

RCLK

J28

R11

2.7k

+5V

IDCLOCK

+5V

R135

2.74k

P28

+5V

R133

249.0

PFBYPASS

J28

BYPASS LOCKOUT

+5V

CR25

S9B

U23

1 - 2 BUTTON ENABLED

2 - 3 BUTTON DISABLED

+5V

74LS597

+5V

DIP9

BYPASS

R134

249.0

SER

DIP10

DIP11

DIP12

DIP13

DIP14

DIP15

DIP16

DIP7

DIP6

DIP5

DIP4

DIP3

DIP2

DIP1

DIP16

DS1

BYPASS

R13G

2.7k

+5V

J27

C184

0.1uF

R231

249.0

R211

R137

4.32k

249.0

R132

267.0

Q13

DS2

QH'

REMOTE

+5V

UNLOCKED

SRCLR

SRLOAD

SRCLK

RCLK

R213

249.0

R138

4.32k

R212

249.0

IDCLOCK

(INHIBIT)

+5V

Q14

R13H

2.7k

DS3

POWER

FPSTANDBY

(RESYNC)

+5V

R13C

2.7k

U87-3

671-2132-05 & UP

C161

0.1uF

(RESYNC)

NOTE:

NOT USED ON VITS 100

P/O A1 INSERTER BOARD

REV NOV 1992

H&V COUNTERS,DECODERS, SOURCE IDENTIFICATION & BYPASS CONTROLS

9–9

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

9–10

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

R178

2.7k

HARDWARE WATCHDOG RESET

1 - 2 NO RESET

2 - 3 HOLD IN RESET MODE

+5V

U36

74ALS244

P10

P11

P12

P13

P10

P11

P12

P13

DIAG0

DIAG1

DIAG2

DIAG3

ED0

ED1

ED2

ED3

ED4

ED5

ED6

ED7

1A1

1Y1

1Y2

1Y3

1Y4

2Y1

2Y2

2Y3

2Y4

1A2

1A3

1A4

2A1

2A2

2A3

2A4

(DIAG)

R177

2.7k

+5V

DIAG0

DIAG1

DIAG2

DIAG3

+5V

R179H

2.7k

U37

74ALS244

J4-3

U31

DIAG[0..3]

P20

P21

P22

P23

P24

P25

P26

P27

P20

P21

P22

P23

P24

P25

P26

P27

ED0

ED1

ED2

ED3

ED4

ED5

ED6

ED7

1A1

1Y1

1Y2

1Y3

1Y4

2Y1

2Y2

2Y3

2Y4

DS1232

1A2

1A3

1A4

2A1

2A2

2A3

2A4

(AWAKE)

RST

+5V

671-2132-00 - 04

PBRST

TOL

VCC

GND

(OFFSET)

GENLOCK PROCESSOR RESET

1 - 2 NORMAL OPERATION

2 - 3 RESET

NO PLUG NO HARDWARE RESETS

ED[0..7]

U59

uP_CLK

U40

74ALS273

STAT[0..7]

ED0

ED1

ED2

ED3

ED4

ED5

ED6

ED7

STAT0

STAT1

STAT2

STAT3

STAT4

STAT5

STAT6

STAT7

+5V

U29

ADG236

R179D

2.7k

U35

8mhz804c008

A12

A13

A14

A15

PA0

PA1

PA2

PA3

PA4

PA5

PA6

PA7

PA8

PA12

PA13

PA14

PA15

PI_O0

PI_O1

PI_O2

PI_O3

PI_O4

PI_O6

PI_O8

PI_O9

PI_O10

PI_O11

PI_O12

PI_O13

PI_O14

PI_O15

(DIAG)

+5V

VCC

GND

A10

A11

A12

A13

A14

A15

(STATUS)

CLK

CLR

(CONTROL)

(OFFSET)

LAD[0..7]

U41

U38-9

MONOCHR

J3-40

+5V

(ATAN)

Y39

VCODAC

(DIVISOR)

(AWAKE)

U38-12

VCODAC

U59-13

U14-4

671-2132-00 - 04

A10

A11

A12

A13

A14

A15

uP_CLK

CLK

C135

0.1uF

LAD0

LAD1

LAD2

LAD3

LAD4

LAD5

LAD6

LAD7

PAD0

PAD1

PAD2

PAD3

PAD4

PAD5

PAD6

PAD7

U32

27C256

PD0

PD1

PD2

PD3

PD4

PD5

PD6

PD7

+5V

(RESET)

RESET

U38

+5V

R179C

2.7k

74ALS273

ED0

GLK/INT

ACQ/HOLD

U60-8

U60-1

ED1

ED2

ED3

ED4

ED5

ED6

ED7

R179B

2.7k

PSTD0

PSTD1

PSTD2

ED0

ED1

ED2

ED3

ED4

ED5

ED6

ED7

PED0

PED1

PED2

PED3

PED4

PED5

PED6

PED7

BUSRQ

WAIT

MREQ

IORQ

MREQ

IORQ

A10

A11

A12

A13

A14

MREQ

IORQ

HALT

BUSAK

RFSH

PMREQ

PIORQ

PRD

PWR

PM1

PCSYNC_IN

A10

A11

A12

A13

A14

LOCKED

CLAPBRD

U70-11

J3-40

RM1

CSYNC_IN

(CONTROL)

CLK

CLR

NMI

INT

MONOCHR

U87-13

PSOFT_RST

PEPROM_EN

PCTC_EN

PCLMP_TM

PSIS_TM

PV_CLAMP

PUNLCK

PDFLD_REF

PSAMP_FIN

PSTART_SMP

PS_HSYNC

EPROM_EN

SYSCLK

FLPCLK

PSYSCLK

PFLPCLK

VPP

+5V

U54-13

U54-5

+5V

VDD

SIS_TM

J9-3

U80

GAL16V8-M

U33

27C512

U34

74ALS273

uP_CLK

GND

I0/CLK

ED0

ED1

ED2

ED3

ED4

ED5

ED6

ED7

ED0

ED1

ED2

ED3

ED4

ED5

ED6

ED7

A10

A11

A12

A13

A14

A15

RM1

(FRAME)

U28-2

I9/OE

(DIVISOR)

CLK

CLR

A10

A11

A12

A13

A14

A15

U30

Z84C3008

CS0

CS1

IORQ

OE/VPP

(ATAN)

IORQ

(RESET)

uP_CLK

R179I

2.7k

+5V

RESET

CLK

CK/TRG0

CK/TRG1

CK/TRG2

CK/TRG3

TO0

TO1

TO2

CSYNC_IN

U70-22

+5V

IEI

IEO

INT

+5V

VCC

GND

(INT)

R179F

2.7k

R179E

2.7k

R179G

2.7k

C136

0.1uF

R179A

2.7k

UNUSED PULL-UP RESISTORS

(INT)

+5V

NOTE:

SEE PARTS LIST FOR EARLER VALUES

AND SERIAL NUMBER RANGES

P/O A1 INSERTER BOARD

REV OCT 1992

GENLOCK

9–11

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

9–12

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

L19

C120

9uH

240pF

R35

392

R34

R33

100

R32

301.0

PROGRAM

GAIN

ADJUST

R36

2.00k

U44

TDA2595

U42

C12

R39

200.0

FB PLSE

COMP VID

EHT

CNTL OUT

PH DET

EL2090

0.22uF

+12V

R214

499

VIDIN-

VIDIN+

S/H+

VIDOUT

S/H OUT

CHOLD

J10

10uF

PROGRAM IN

HORZ OUT

CASTLE

+12V

HOSC

R18

15.0k

PROGIN

+12V

C10

0.22uF

S/H-

VIDEO

R100

H OSC

MUTE

K2-4

100pF

R47

15.0k

C11

HCNTL

50% POINT

COMP SYNC

PHASE DET

LIMIT

+10V

.0047uF

V+

V-

+10V

-10V

+12V

R29

14.2k

GND

PROGRAM

OFFSET

ADJUST

VR2

6.2V

IDENT

+12V

VCC

GND

S/N B020527 & BELOW

U57A

R30

500

COIN DET

74F00

.015uF

0.22uF

C185

.001uF

C509

3pF

C13

0.1uF

PROGSYNC

U70-3

+12V

R48

2.00k

R50

R31

14.3k

2.05k

R41

R43

R45

118.0k

100.0K

75.0k

VR1

6.2V

R40

50.0k

R507

71.5k

R508

20.0k

-10V

PROGPRES

J4-16

.01uF

R42

11.5k

R44

4.75k

R46

681.0

R51

U57B

2.74k

74F00

VIDEO INPUT BUFFER,

CLAMP, AND SYNC

STRIPPER

PROGPORCH

U70-9

0.56uF

.0047uF

100pF

U42-9

R49

2.00k

671-2132-00 - 04

C175

R21

VIRS DETECT

200pF

20.0k

TESTSIG

U67-13

+12V

+5V

+12V

R24

11.5k

+5V

R28

4.75k

+12V

R25

200.0

U47A

LM319

R216

20.0k

U46A

R23

1.0k

LF353

R54

R20

402.0k

C22

1uF

20.0k

VIDEO

-12V

U71B

96LS02

R22

U47B

LM319

20.0k

R26

U48A

200.0

74ALS32

200pF

VIRSPRES

(VIRSAMP)

U17-13

U17-12

R27

11.5k

+5V

-12V

LAD[0..7]

+5V

LAD[0..7]

SIS_TM

SOUND-IN-SYNC MODE

1 - 2 NO SOUND-IN-SYNC OPERATION

2 - 3 SOUND-IN-SYNC OPERATION

U29-17

U29

C160

0.1uF

GENLOCK A/D

R38

301.0

U41

J52

R141

PAL22V10

+5V

U43

TDA8708

200.0k

C14

4.7uF

C83

1uF

R185

301

I1/CLK

AD0

AD1

AD2

AD3

AD4

AD5

AD6

AD7

AD0

AD1

AD2

AD3

AD4

AD5

AD6

AD7

LAD0

C16

R37

301.0

VIN0

VIN1

VIN2

IO1

IO2

IO3

IO4

IO5

IO6

IO7

IO8

IO9

IO10

R192

2.74k

LAD1

LAD2

LAD3

LAD4

LAD5

LAD6

LAD7

4.7uF

U71A

96LS02

GLSEL1

J4-11

39.5uH

R52

1.0k

CLKD

CLK

I10

I11

I12

CAPTION

CCLINE

CCPRES

U17-9

U62-13

SYNCTIP

U27-9

RPEAK

ANOUT

U17-17

R19

332

+5R

0.1uF

+5V

DEC

R55

10.0

+5V

C20

GATEA

GATEB

J3-35

5.6pF

BACKPORCH

U70-21

VCCD

VCCA

VCCO

DGND

AGND

U41-14

C23

0.1uF

CLAMP

RXDV

R142

C19

2.74k

C18

AGC

ADCIN

10pF

671-2132-00 - 04

.022uF

C17

0.22uF

+5V

J2-4

R53

1.0k

U41-13

RSLINE

+5V

+10V

+12V

671-2132-00

C159

0.1uF

C507

33pF

C21

C158

0.1uF

C157

0.1uF

C150

0.1uF

33pF

-10V

NOTE:

SEE PARTS LIST FOR EARLER VALUES

AND SERIAL NUMBER RANGES

P/O A1 INSERTER BOARD

9–13

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

9–14

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

R217

162/260

TP11

U81A

R69

P33

J11

C39

-5V

R68

511

10H131

20.0k

150pF

U54

U55A

U55C

+10V

R207

162

10125

R70

100.0k

10H116

CLKB

C18

0.1uF

C17

0.1uF

CR14

20k

U28-1

VCC

VEE

R225

511

R226

511

-5V

R72

R224

511

R206

261

1.0M

2.43k

47.5

R191

511

R190

511

-5V

FLPCLK

-5V

U29-29

U83-1

C16

36pF

-5V

C15

12pF

RT11

20k

+5V

-5V

VCC

GND

VEE

VBB

R71

100.0k

Q10

R74

CLOCK

FREQ

CLKA

3.01k

C19

0.8-10pF

28.63636MHz

20k

150pF

C41

0.1uF

R76

U70-1

U6-21

P32

J32

3.92K

R218

R219

162/260

C42

100pF

332

U56B

1458

1000pF

SYSCLK

R73

6.81k

U29-30

C40

U55B

U63A

10H116

1000pF

119-4328-01

-5V

10H116

NOTE:

SEE PARTS LIST FOR EARLER VALUES

AND SERIAL NUMBER BREAKS.

CLK8FSC

(CLK8FSC)

CLK8FSC

U65-2

U65-3

A1A1 CRYSTAL OVEN BOARD

(CLK8FSC)

U63B

10H116

R223

R222

511

R221

511

R220

511

C125

0.1uF

511

U62

10125

U63C

-5V

VEE

8FSC

10H116

-5V

U15-1

U63A-2

(CLK8FSC)

U62-2

R221

511

CLKC

J3-25

671-2132-00 - 04

+5V

-5V

VCC

GND

VEE

VBB

CLKD

+5V

U59

AD7524

U43-5

C128

0.1uF

-10V

VREF

VDD

GND

+5V

+5R

VCODAC

J12

U29-82

ED0

ED1

ED2

ED3

ED4

ED5

ED6

ED7

+12V

DB0

DB1

DB2

DB3

DB4

DB5

DB6

DB7

RFB

R92

U61A

1458

R89

2.00k

R88

R87

20.0k

4.75k

P12

2.00k

CORRECTION

J12

VCO CONTROL

U60

DG211

CR5

R86

392K

R90

39.2k

1 - 2 NORMAL OPERATION

2 - 3 VCO CENTER FREQUENCY ADJUST

R91

-12V

C46

10uF

ED[0..7]

+10V

2.21k

ED[0..7]

U40

-10V

U38-5

ACQ/HOLD

GLK/INT

U38-2

J13

OVEN CONTROL

+12V

-12V

+5V

R82

20.0k

1 - 2 OSCILLATOR OVEN ON

2 - 3 OSCILLATOR OVEN OFF

R81

P13

J13

200.0k

-5V

+12V

R80

U56A

1458

47.5k

R77

1.0k

-12V

VR3

2.4V

-12V

C43

0.1uF

-5V

R79

200.0k

R78

47.5k

R83

1 OHM

-12V

-5V

NOTE:

SEE PARTS LIST FOR EARLER VALUES

AND SERIAL NUMBER RANGES

P/O A1 INSERTER BOARD

REV NOV 1992

CLOCKS

9–15

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

9–16

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

FULL FIELD TEST SIGNAL

R103

75.0

J50

C119

L18

240pF

9uH

R120

392

C165

L20

R124

536

R506

100

R210

100

5.5-30

1.51uH

C183

33pF

R123

110

ETSD[0..11]

R209

150.0

ETSD[0..11]

U11

J51

R121

2.00k

U65

C73

C74

C75

33pF

155-0316-01

10pF

43pF

R122

ETSD0

ETSD1

ETSD2

ETSD3

ETSD4

ETSD5

ETSD6

ETSD7

ETSD8

ETSD9

ETSD10

ETSD11

D0(LSB)

D10

D11(MSB)

OUT

U67

EL2090

L12

L13

L14

1.42-1.68uH

CLK8FSC

LGND

U63A-3

U63A-2

C66

C164

10uF

R98

24.9

1.42-1.68uH

VIDIN-

VIDIN+

S/H+

VIDOUT

TESTSIG

R21

70pF

(CLK8FSC)

OUT

R105

150.0

C182

22pF

C76

132pF

C77

278pF

C78

267pF

S/H OUT

+2.5V

R208

15.0k

C67

S/H-

R99

75.0

C79

77pF

.001uF

R101

2.00k

+12V

R230

CLAMP

HCNTL

CHOLD

U84

R102

3.01k

CLK

CLK EN

1.50k

U28-22

5534

V+

V-

+10V

R227

10.0

-5V

C72

0.1uF

VREF1

VREF2

VREF3

GND

L21

413nH

C181

0.1uF

+10V

C180

0.1uF

-10V

R229

1.0k

C178

C179

0.1uF

R228

1.0k

S/N B020513 & BELOW

0.1uF

C177

0.1uF

-5V

COMP1

COMP2

COMP3

TEST1

R125

14.2k

-12V

C506

360pF

C65

560pF

-5V

C510

0.1uF

C176

0.1uF

R127

500

SUB

-5V

TEST2

TEST3

TEST4

TEST5

TEST6

TEST7

C68

0.1uF

C511

0.1uF

U65-33

U65-34

C506

360pF

C65

560pF

R126

14.3k

AGND

-5V

L21

413nH

-10V

-5A

DGND

U65-5

U65-55

-5D

-5V

671-2132-00 - 04

TESTSIGNAL

R104

150.0

+12V

R109

10.0k

+12V

Q12

CR7

CR8

C53

10uF

R106

1.0k

Q11

(BYPASS)

U70-14

J15

PROGRAM OUT

U64

R100

75.0

R112

75.0

CHSW4

VIDEO

IN1

IN2

IN3

IN4

AOUT

TESTSIGNAL

293nH

U42-13

293nH

R118

75.0

AINV

PROGIN

R119

75.0

J10

BOUT

R130

75.0

C52

77pF

J53

BINV

R116

400.0

C54

0.1uF

C55

R117

83nH

VCC

VCC3

VCC4

VCC5

GND

+5R

C56

0.1uF

400.0

C57

0.1uF

U87-23

U87-22

SW0

SW1

C60

VEE

-5R

5.6pF

R108

75.0

R110

1.21k

-12V

R114

400.0

C59

R115

400.0

R113

75.0

J14

10pF

+5R

MONITOR OUT

C71

C58

C70

0.1uF

100uF

C61

C155

5.6pF

-5R

C51

C69

R111

1.21k

671-2132-00 - 04

0.1uF

-5V

-5R

-12V

NOTE:

NOT USED ON VITS 100

SEE PARTS LIST FOR EARLER VALUES

AND SERIAL NUMBER RANGES

P/O A1 INSERTER BOARD

REV SEP 1995

ANALOG OUTPUT

9–17

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

9–18

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

FLOATING COMMON

S10A

REAR

PANEL

LF1

110V

220V

RT1

CR12

L17

C88

150UH

220pF

RV1

330V

R143

22M

R144

C84

0.15uF

R145

10M

C85

.01uF

R157

270k

C110

150UF

S10B

U72

P21

C86

J21

7812

DS4

C87

.01uF

B100

0.1uF

C500

47uF

CR24

R501

20.0k

R500

J17

HOUSEKEEPING SUPPLY

1 - 2 HOUSEKEEPING SUPPLY ENABLE

NO PLUG HOUSEKEEPING SUPPLY DISABLE

CR15

R154

100K

J18

TRANSFORMER ENABLE

+15V

U85

1 - 2 NORMAL OPERATION

NO PLUG DISABLES POWER SUPPLY

R156

7812

CR10

+12VP

CR16

C104

47uF

C100

1uF

C106

1uF

P17

J17

C102

1000uF

TP3

C117

0.1uF

14.1V

CR9

C115

1uF

C113

100uF

U73

R502

7912

C101

1uF

C107

1uF

C105

47uF

30.1K

CR17

-12VP

C103

1000uF

R155

U78

CR11

3842

P18

J18

R165

10.0k

VREF

COMP

VFB

R173

3.01k

CR18

C118

C96

R175

10.0k

C508

1uF

Q180

.001uF

0.47uF

C111

.01uF

OUT

R149

R180

10.0k

CR20

R162

18.2k

C99

100uf

CR22

Q16

CR21

L16

5uH

CR14

U76A

LM393

Q18

R172

20.0k

+5VP

R153

270k

CR19

C108

1uF

Q15

C95

C92

2700uF

C512

2700uF

VR4

5.0V

100uF

Q17

R164

R147

R150

40.02k

J19

OVERCURRENT SHUTDOWN

C89

0.1uF

1 - 2 SHUTDOWN ENABLE

NO PLUG SHUTDOWN DISABLE

C97

R146

C116

.01uF

R151

10k

680pF

R184

2.15k

L15

10uH

P19

J19

C109

1uF

C91

C94

100uF

CR13

2700uF

R152

1.50k

-5VP

C114

R504

10.0k

CR26

R174

4.75k

R163

470pF

0.51Ohm

R161

4.75k

U76B

C501

.47UF

LM393

R503

10.0k

R171

U75

+5V

ADJ

R159

10.0k

SOC123A

R167

R168

2.00k

R166

475

150.0K

R160

8.25k

C112

C98

0.1uF

.068uF

R158

2.74k

U74

TL431C

R169

1.50k

R170

OUTPUT

VOLTAGE

ADJUST

NOTE:

SEE PARTS LIST FOR EARLER VALUES

AND SERIAL NUMBER RANGES

P/O A1 INSERTER BOARD

REV MAY 1993

POWER SUPPLY

9–19

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

9–20

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

U52

J20

+12V

-12V

7805

+12VP

+12V

-12VP

-12V

+5VP

+12V OUTPUT

150 MA

+12V

P20

P34

P35

P36

P37

P38

+5R

C33

C37

C174

0.1uF

-12V OUTPUT

150 MA

+5V

TP6

TP5

TP2

TP1

-5VP

-5V

+12VP

-12VP

+5V OUTPUT

+12VP

-12VP

+5VP

4AMPS

-5.2V OUTPUT

1.5 AMPS

U53

7905

C34

C38

C36

0.1uF

100uF

-12V

-5R

+5VP

-5VP

1.1uH

-5VP

R66

4.7

-5V

+5V

VEE

VCC

R62

499

+2.5V

U51

U50A

358

R56

MC1403

R61

1.0k

2.49k

C26

C24

0.1uF

R63

+10V

C504

10uF

10.0k

C172

0.1uF

C29

TP8

TP9

TP10

TP4

TP7

0.1uF

GND

R57

3.32k

C27

0.1uF

R64

10.0k

R65

10.0k

C28

0.1uF

C173

0.1uF

C30

C505

10uF

0.1uF

U50B

358

-10V

R59

1.0k

R58

4.99k

R60

499

R67

4.7

C25

1.1uH

0.1uF

+5V

U19

+5V

U40

+5V

U20

+5V

U17

+5V

U28

+5V

U38

+5V

U45

+5V

U33

+5V

U29

+5V

U32

+5V

U29

C121

C124

C129

0.1uF

C130

0.1uF

C132

C137

C139

C122

C123

C131

C134

0.1uF

U18

+5V

U37

U21

+5V

U36

+5V

U16

+5V

U41

U14

+5V

U26

C141

0.1uF

C149

0.1uF

C156

0.1uF

C162

0.1uF

C145

0.1uF

C146

0.1uF

C152

0.1uF

C153

0.1uF

C163

0.1uF

C140

0.1uF

C147

0.1uF

+12V

C503

0.1uF

C169

0.1uF

C170

0.1uF

C171

0.1uF

C126

0.1uF

C167

0.1uF

C168

0.1uF

-5V

-12V

NOTE:

SEE PARTS LIST FOR EARLER VALUES

AND SERIAL NUMBER RANGES

P/O A1 INSERTER BOARD

REV NOV 1992

REGULATOR & DECOUPLING CAPS

9–21

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

9–22

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

A1 VITS Inserter Board (671-2132-00 through -04)

COMPONENT NUMBER EXAMPLE

Component Number

A23 A2 R1234

Assembly

Number

Circuit

Number

Subassembly

Number (if used)

Figure 9–3: A1 VITS Inserter Board (671-2132-00 –04)

ChassisĆmounted components have no Assembly Number

prefixĊsee end of Replaceable Electrical Parts List.

STATIC

SENSITIVE

DEVICES

9–23

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Table 9–3: A1 Component Locator 671–2132–00 through -04

9–24

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

9–25

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

9–26

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

9–27

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

9–28

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Replaceable Mechanical Parts

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Replaceable Mechanical Parts

This section contains a list of the replaceable mechanical components for the

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter. Use this list to identify and order replacement

parts.

Parts Ordering Information

Replacement parts are available through your local Tektronix field office or

representative.

Changes to Tektronix products are sometimes made to accommodate improved

components as they become available and to give you the benefit of the latest

improvements. Therefore, when ordering parts, it is important to include the

following information in your order.

Part number

Instrument type or model number

Instrument serial number

Instrument modification number, if applicable

If you order a part that has been replaced with a different or improved part, your

local Tektronix field office or representative will contact you concerning any

change in part number.

Change information, if any, is located at the rear of this manual.

Using the Replaceable Mechanical Parts List

The tabular information in the Replaceable Mechanical Parts List is arranged for

quick retrieval. Understanding the structure and features of the list will help you

find all of the information you need for ordering replacement parts. The

following table describes the content of each column in the parts list.

10–1

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Replaceable Mechanical Parts

Parts List Column Descriptions

Column Column Name

Description

Figure & Index Number

Items in this section are referenced by figure and index numbers to the exploded view

illustrations that follow.

Tektronix Part Number

Serial Number

Use this part number when ordering replacement parts from Tektronix.

3 and 4

Column three indicates the serial number at which the part was first effective. Column four

indicates the serial number at which the part was discontinued. No entries indicates the part is

good for all serial numbers.

Qty

This indicates the quantity of parts used.

Name & Description

An item name is separated from the description by a colon (:). Because of space limitations, an

item name may sometimes appear as incomplete. Use the U.S. Federal Catalog handbook

H6-1 for further item name identification.

Mfr. Code

This indicates the code of the actual manufacturer of the part.

This indicates the actual manufacturer’s or vendor’s part number.

Mfr. Part Number

Abbreviations

Chassis Parts

Abbreviations conform to American National Standard ANSI Y1.1–1972.

Chassis-mounted parts and cable assemblies are located at the end of the

Replaceable Electrical Parts List.

Mfr. Code to Manufacturer

Cross Index

The table titled Manufacturers Cross Index shows codes, names, and addresses

of manufacturers or vendors of components listed in the parts list.

10–2

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Replaceable Mechanical Parts

Manufacturers Cross Index, Mechanical Parts

Mfr.

Code

Manufacturer

Address

City, State, Zip Code

ROCKFORD, IL 61108

01536

0J9P4

0JR05

TEXTRON INC

1818 CHRISTINA ST

19500 SW TETON

DELTA ENGINEERING & MFG. CO.

TRIQUEST PRECISION PLASTICS

TUALATIN, OR 97062

3000 LEWIS & CLARK HWY

PO BOX 66008

VANCOUVER, WA 98666–6008

0KB01

13764

22526

2K262

52152

STAUFFER SUPPLY CO

MICRO PLASTICS INC.

BERG ELECTRONICS INC

BOYD CORPORATION

3M COMPANY

810 SE SHERMAN

PORTLAND, OR 97214–4657

FLIPPIN, AR 72634

HIGHWAY 178 NORTH

857 OLD TRAIL ROAD

6136 NE 87TH AVENUE

ETTERS, PA 17319

PORTLAND, OR 97220

ST PAUL, MN 55144–1000

INDUSTRIAL TAPE DIVISION

3M CENTER

5Y400

73743

80009

80126

93907

TRIAX METAL PRODUCTS INC

FISCHER SPECIAL MFG CO

TEKTRONIX INC

DIV OF BEAVERTON PARTS MFG CO.

1800 NW 216TH AVE

HILLSBORO, OR 97124–6629

COLD SPRINGS, KY 41076

BEAVERTON, OR 97077–0001

GARDENA, CA 90247–4203

ROCKFORD, IL 611045181

111 INDUSTRIAL RD

PO BOX 76500

14150 SW KARL BRAUN DR

PO BOX 500

PACIFIC ELECTRICORD CO

CAMCAR DIV OF TEXTRON INC

747 WEST REDONDO BEACH

PO BOX 10

ATTN: ALICIA SANFORD

516 18TH AVE

TK0435

TK1547

LEWIS SCREW CO.

4300 SOUTH RACINE AVENUE

CHICAGO, IL 60609

TUALATIN, OR 97062

MOORE ELECTRONICS INC

19500 SW 90TH CT

PO BOX 1030

TK1828

TK1947

LITE SPECIALTY METAL WORKS

NORTHWEST ETCH TECHNOLOGY

20460 SW AVERY CT

TUALATIN, OR 97062

2601 S HOOD ST

PO BOX 110610

TACOMA, WA 98411–0610

TK2562

MOLDING SPECIALITIES INC

3000 LEWIS & CLARK HWY

VANCOUVER, WA 98661–2999

10–3

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Replaceable Mechanical Parts

Replaceable Mechanical Parts List

Fig. &

Tektronix Part Serial No. Serial No.

Mfr.

Index

Number

Effective

Discont’d

Code

Qty Name & Description

Mfr. Part Number

ORDER BY DESCR

200–3994–00

Number

1–1

–2

211–0119–00

200–3994–00

200–3968–00

134–0209–00

SCREW,MACH:4–40 X 0.25,FLH,100 DEG,STL BK OXD POZ

DOOR:ALUMINUM

93907

0J9P4

13764

–3

COVER,TOP:ALUMINUM

200–3968–00

–4

BUTTON,PLUG:0.344 OD,SNAP–IN 0.187 DIA HOLE,NYLON

6/6,MATTE

62PP018BM14

–5

–6

–7

–8

210–1039–00

220–0497–00

175–9877–00

214–3903–01

WASHER,LOCK:0.521 ID,INT,0.025 THK,SST

NUT,PLAIN,HEX:0.5–28 X 0.562 HEX,BRS CD PL

CA ASSY,SP,ELEC:10,28 AWG,12.5 L,RIBBON

0KB01 1224–02–00–0541C

73743 ORDER BY DESCR

TK1547 ORDER BY DESCR

0KB01 214–3903–01

SCREW,JACK:4–40 X 0.312 EXT THD,4–40 INT THD,0.188

HEX,STEEL,CADPLATE

–9

337–3796–00

337–3796–01

211–0014–00

131–3537–00

B010100

B020336

B020335

SHIELD,ELEC:LINE FILTER,ALUMINUM

TK1947 337–3796–00

SHIELD,ELEC:0.032 BRASS,C26000,0.5 HARD

SCREW,MACHINE:4–40 X 0.5,PNH,STL CD PL,POZ

80009

93907

22526

337–3796–01

ORDER BY DESCR

68016–112

–10

–11

CONN,HDR:PCB,MALE,RTANG,1 X 12,0.1 CTR,0.230 MLG X

0.120 TAIL,30 GOLD

–12

–13

337–3846–00

348–0844–00

SHIELD,ELEC:POWER SUPPLY

80009

52152

337–3846–00

PAD,CUSHIONING:0.05 SQ X 0.23 H,POLYURETHANE

W/PRESSURE SENS ADHESIVE

SJ–5018–GRAY

–14

–15

–16

–17

–18

–19

–20

211–0244–00

200–3264–00

211–0021–00

348–0935–00

432–0154–00

200–3975–00

200–3975–02

–––––––––––

SCR,ASSEM WSHR:4–40 X 0.312,PNH,STL,CD PL,POZ

COVER,TOP:ALUMINUM

01536

5Y400

821–02775

ORDER BY DESCR

SCREW,MACHINE:4–40 X 1.25,PNH,STL CD PL,POZ

GASKET:2.0 X 1.7,NEOPRENE

TK0435 ORDER BY DESCR

2K262 ORDER BY DESCR

TK2562 432–0154–00

BASE,HEAT SINK:PLASTIC

B010100

B030555

B020554

COVER,BOTTOM:ALUMINUM

0J9P4

200–3975–00

200–3975–02

COVER,BOTTOM:ALUMINUM

CIRCUIT BD ASSY:INSERTER

(SEE A1 REPL)

–21

–22

–23

–24

426–2420–01

337–3812–00

333–3959–00

–––––––––––

FRAME,FRONT:ALUMINUM

SHIELD,ELEC:PLASTIC,BOTTOM

PANEL,FRONT:VITS100

80009

0J9P4

426–2420–01

337–3812–00

333–3959–00

CIRCUIT BD ASSY:OVEN

(SEE A1A1 REPL)

253–0143–00

B020323

TAPE,PRESS SENS:KAPTON,1.0 X 0.001 36YDS PER ROLL

(QUANTITY 1.250 INCHES)

80009

253–0143–00

–25

–26

210–0586–00

214–3863–01

214–4585–00

NUT,PL,ASSEM WA:4–40 X 0.25,STL CD PL

HEAT SINK,ELEC:ALUMINUM

0KB01 ORDER BY DESCR

TK1828 ORDER BY DESCR

B010100

B020323

B020322

HEAT SINK,ELEC:1.55 X 0.96,YELLOW CHROMATE CVRSN

COATING

80009

214–4585–00

–27

–28

211–0513–00

200–3266–01

SCREW,MACHINE:6–32 X 0.625,PNH,STL CD PL

CAP,HEAT SINK:PLASTIC

TK0435 ORDER BY DESCR

0JR05 200–3266–01

10–4

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Replaceable Mechanical Parts

Replaceable Mechanical Parts List (Cont.)

Fig. &

Tektronix Part Serial No. Serial No.

Mfr.

Index

Number

Effective

Discont’d

Code

Qty Name & Description

Mfr. Part Number

Number

STANDARD ACCESSORIES

CABLE ASSY,PWR:3,18 AWG,2.5M L,BLACK

MANUAL,TECH:VITS100

161–0216–00

070–8333–00

80126

80009

C7120–25M–BL

070–8333–00

10–5

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Replaceable Mechanical Parts

Figure 10–1: Exploded view

10–6

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Appendix

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Appendix A: Options

This Appendix describes the available VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter options.

Operation of the instrument is relatively straightforward; the following options

expand its utility to situations other than typical broadcast applications:

Option 1J has three signals that differ slightly from those in the standard

signal set. These signals are FCC Color Bars without setup, Multipulse

without setup, and Red Field with altered luminance and chrominance

amplitudes. See page A–2 for more information.

Option 1M inserts NTSC VITS into the vertical interval of PAL-M video

signals. See page A–4 for more information.

Option 2 is designed for the cable industry. It has two altered signals, a

multiburst and continuous sweep that are optimized for cable applications.

See page A–6 for more information.

A–1

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Appendix A: Options

Option 1J

The VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Option 1J contains the following three

signals that are modifications of those in the standard VITS inserter:

Red Field, with modified luminance and chrominance amplitudes

FCC Color Bars without setup

Multipulse without setup

Signal Characteristics

See Figures A–1 through A–3 and Table A–1 for descriptions of these signals.

100

70.2

22.5

–25.2

–40

4.7

9.8

61.8 63.56ms

Figure A–1: Option 1J Red Field signal

Table A–1: Option 1J Red Field Characteristics

Characteristic

Description

Luminance

Amplitude

Rise Time

160.72 mV "1%

250 ns "25 ns

Chrominance

Amplitude

Phase

Rise Time

681.23 mV "1%

103.4° "0.3°

400 ns "40 ns

A–2

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Appendix A: Options

100

–40

4.7 9.2 15.8 22.4 29.0 35.6 42.2 48.8 55.5 63.56ms

Figure A–2: Option 1J FCC Color Bar signal

100

–40

4.7 9.8 15.7 19.3 25.8

36.1

44.4 51.5 57.4 63.56ms

Figure A–3: Option 1J Multipulse signal

Factory Configuration

The factory-programmed selection of VITS signals is also unique in Option 1J;

see Table A–2.

A–3

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Appendix A: Options

Table A–2: Option 1J Factory Programmed VITS Insertions

Line

Field

Signal

FCC Composite signal

Multiburst

1 and 2

Pass*

Color Bars (No Setup)

Pass*

Sin X/X

Red Field (Luminance and Chrominance altered)

Passed lines are not deleted or inserted by the VITS 100 NTSC VITS Inserter

Option 1M

The VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter with Option 1M is designed to genlock to a

PAL-M color television signal. This option permits use of the VITS inserter in

conjuction with a VM700A Video Measurement Set. When two VITS100 NTSC

VITS Inserters are used, as described below, you can use a VM700A Option 1

(NTSC) to make PAL-M system measurements. The VM700A Video Measure-

ment Set Option 11 (PAL) cannot be used because it relies on a 50 Hz field rate,

rather than the 60 Hz rate of the PAL-M standard.

Making Measurements

with Option 1M

This application uses two VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserters, connected as shown

in Figure A–4, to make the automated vertical interval measurements from the

VM700A menu. The first VITS inserter genlocks to the PAL-M signal and

inserts NTSC VITS signals into the vertical interval. This instrument is locked to

both sync and burst and is operating in a standard insertion mode.

The second VITS inserter, located near the VM700A Video Measurement Set,

operates in the bypass mode. The video measurement set input is from the VITS

inserter MONITOR OUT, which is an NTSC signal with PAL-M active video.

VITS signals that have traversed the entire plant can be measured, but measure-

ments that relate to sync and burst can only be made on the inserted NTSC sync

and burst.

NOTE. The VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter used with the VM700A Video Measure-

ment Set must remain in bypass mode at all times; if it does not, the inserted

sync and color burst will be distributed throughout the plant. Do not rely on the

front-panel BYPASS switch; instead, hard wire the rear-panel REMOTE

connector (as shown in Figure A–4) to force the VITS inserter to remain in

bypass mode.

A–4

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Appendix A: Options

REMOTE

Short pins 5 and 9 together to

insert NTSC Sync and Burst.

Short pins 1 and 6 together to lock

VITS 100 into BYPASS mode.

PAL-M Signal

with NTSC VITS

PAL-M Source

VITS Inserter

To plant

Program Out

VITS Inserter

Program In

Program Out

Program In

Monitor Out

VM700A

Option 1

PAL-M Signal with

NTSC VITS and inserted

NTSC Sync and Burst

PAL-M Signal with

inserted NTSC VITS

PAL-M Signal

with NTSC VITS

Program

line

Figure A–4: Video Measurement Set application for Option 1M

Option 1M Signals

Option 1M VITS signals are the same as those available with the standard

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter. Table A–3 lists the factory configuration

(through DIP switches S1–S4) of the VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter, Op-

tion 1M.

Table A–3: Option 1M Factory Programmed VITS Insertions

Line

Field

Signal

NTC7 Composite signal

NTC7 Combination signal

1 and 2

Pass*

VIRS

Pass*

1 and 2

Passed lines are not deleted or inserted by the VITS 100 NTSC VITS Inserter

A–5

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Appendix A: Options

Option 2

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Option 2 generates Cable Sweep and Cable

Multiburst signals to accommodate cable system measurements. These signals

replace the VIRS and Auto VIRS selections of the standard VITS inserter and

are selected with the same DIP switch settings (see Table A–4). See VITS

Selection, beginning on page 2–5, for more information about signal selection.

Table A–4: Option 2 DIP Switch Settings

Test Signal

DIP Segment Settings

1 (5)

2 (6)

3 (7)

4 (8)

Cable Multiburst

Cable Sweep

Option 2 VITS inserters are configured during manufacture to insert these

signals; see Factory Configuration, on page A–8, for more information.

Signal Characteristics

Characteristics of the Cable Sweep and Cable Multiburst are listed in Table A–5;

Figures A–5 and A–6 show the two waveforms.

Table A–5: Cable System Test Signal Characteristics

Name

Description

Cable Multiburst

See Figure A–5 for timing information.

White Reference Bar Amplitude

Packet Amplitudes

Pedestal Amplitudes

Burst Frequencies

60 IRE

30 IRE

500 kHz, 1.25 MHz, 2.0 MHz, 3.0 MHz,

3.75 MHz, 4.0 MHz

Packet Rise Time

500 kHz

Other Packets

140 ns typical (sin shaped packets)

400 ns typical (sin shaped packets)

Cable Sweep

Pedestal Amplitude

Sweep

See Figure A–6 for timing information.

50 IRE

Amplitude

100 IRE

Frequencies

Start

Stop

0.1 MHz

4.2 MHz

A–6

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Appendix A: Options

100

500mV

0.5

1.25

2.0

3.0

3.75 4.0 MHz

0mV

–40

4.7 9.5 15.7 23.2

30.6 38.0

45.4

52.8 60.2

54.2 61.98ms

12.7 17.2

24.6 32.0 39.4 46.8

Figure A–5: Cable Multiburst

0.1

4.2 MHz

714.28mV

100

357.14mV

–40

4.7 9.8

11.0

61.6556ms

60.5

Figure A–6: Cable Sweep

A–7

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Appendix A: Options

Factory Configuration

Table A–6 lists the factory configuration (through DIP switches S1–S4) of the

Option 2 VITS inserter.

Table A–6: Option 2 Factory Programmed VITS Insertions

Line

Field

Signal

Cable Multiburst signal

Cable Sweep signal

FCC Composite signal

Sin X/X

1 and 2

Pass*

Passed lines are not deleted or inserted by the VITS 100 NTSC VITS Inserter

A–8

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Index

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Index

Accessories, 1–2

Options

Auto VIRS, 1–2, 2–4

Option 1J, A–2

Option 1M, A–4

Option 2, A–6

Oscillator, adjustment, 6–12

Bypass, 2–1

lockout, 7–5

remote control of, 2–8, A–4

PAL-M, VITS insertion, A–4

Pass (program video), 2–4

Power switch, 2–2

Cable-specific VITS, A–6

Cleaning & Inspection, 7–7

Controls, 2–1

Rack adapters, 1–5

Remote control, 1–2, 2–3, 2–8

Repair service, 7–1

Disassembly instructions, 7–8

Sound-in-Sync, 7–5

Source ID, 1–2, 2–2, 2–4

Specifications, verification procedure, 5–3

Static-sensitive components, 6–1, 7–2

Factory configuration, 2–5

Option 1J, A–4

Option 1M, A–5

Option 2, A–8

Fuse, 2–2

Test Signals, available, 1–1

Troubleshooting, 7–11

Genlock, 2–1, 4–1

Unlocked LED, 2–1

Inspection, incoming, 5–1

Installation, 1–5

VIRS, auto, 1–2, 2–4

VITS

available, 2–3

Jumpers, 7–4

cable-specific, A–6

DIP switch settings, 2–7

factory defaults, 1–4

PAL-M, A–4

MONITOR output, 2–3

selection, 2–5

Index–1

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Index

waveform diagrams, 3–12

Index–2

VITS100 NTSC VITS Inserter Instruction Manual

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Timex Heart Rate Monitor M850 User Manual
Toastmaster Blender RRFP1 User Manual
Toshiba Computer Monitor 15VL33 User Manual
Toshiba Robotics SR 1054HSP User Manual
Trango Broadband Stereo System AD2401 24 User Manual
TRENDnet Switch TK 207K User Manual
TRENDnet Switch TK 408K User Manual
Tricity Bendix Oven TBD903 User Manual
Troy Bilt Chipper Csv206 User Manual
Uniden Two Way Radio UH088SX CB User Manual